Backup/en: Unterschied zwischen den Versionen

Aus TERRA CLOUD WIKI
Keine Bearbeitungszusammenfassung
Keine Bearbeitungszusammenfassung
 
(25 dazwischenliegende Versionen von 2 Benutzern werden nicht angezeigt)
Zeile 222: Zeile 222:
=== Product presentation and initial setup ===
=== Product presentation and initial setup ===


Would you like to get an overview of the TERRA CLOUD backup?<br>
To make getting started with TERRA CLOUD Backup as clear as possible, the following diagram illustrates the complete setup process—ranging from the installation of the agent and its automatic configuration via the Backup Portal to the final installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup agent.<br>
Then we recommend the recordings of the [https://b2b.wortmann.de/de-de/content/terracast/terracast.aspx TERRACASTS] of the “TERRA CLOUD Backup” theme week. <br>
It highlights the stages where the process can be significantly accelerated and standardized through features such as automatic agent configuration.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Einrichtungsprozess.png]]<br>
Following the diagram, we recommend familiarizing yourself with the fundamental concepts and functions of TERRA CLOUD Backup.<br>
The recordings from the [https://b2b.wortmann.de/de-de/content/terracast/terracast.aspx TERRACAST‑Themenwoche „TERRA CLOUD Backup“] serve as a valuable supplement to this.<br>
Although these sessions took place some time ago, they still provide valuable insights into the basics, typical use cases, and best practices relevant to understanding the current solution.
<br>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
== '''Requirements''' ==
== '''Requirements''' ==
Zeile 496: Zeile 501:
'''Note:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
<span style="color: red"> Please only register agents in the parent site if they will subsequently be moved to the associated customer site for further configuration.</span style="color: red">
<span style="color: red"> Please only register agents in the parent site if they will subsequently be moved to the associated customer site for further configuration.</span style="color: red">
<span id="Site_anlegen"></span>
=== Site ===
=== Create site ===
 
A "Site" is an administrative area within the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal that represents an end-customer organization.<br>
Sites enable the separation of your tenants and simplify the management of backed-up systems.<br>
As soon as you book a backup package for a customer, we automatically create a (child) site for you, along with a registration user.<br>
This user can be used exclusively to register new agents with the backup portal; logging into the backup portal itself is not possible with these credentials.<br>
You can find the access details for this registration user under the "Users" tab within the respective site.<br>
<span id="Site_manuell_anlegen"></span>
==== Manually create site ====


A site is an administrative area within the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and represents an end customer organization. <br>
Should you ever need to create a site manually, you will find a button for this under the "Sites" tab.<br>
Sites enable the separation of your clients and simplify the administration of the backed-up systems. <br>
This launches the site creation wizard.<br>
We recommend creating a separate site for each end customer organization. You can also create a site to manage your own data backups. <br>
<br>
<br>
Click on "Sites" in the navigation bar and then on "Create New Site." <br>
[[Datei:Neue Site erstellen.png|1500px]] <br>
[[Datei:Neue Site erstellen.png|1500px]]
<br>
<br>
<span id="Site-Name_vergeben"></span>
===== Site name assigned =====
The first step is to assign a name to the new site.<br>
We recommend, for example, combining your customer's name with their customer number from your ERP system (12345-EndCustomer).<br>
Then click "Next".<br>
<br>
<br>
Now enter a name for the new site.
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-1.png]] <br>
We recommend, for example, linking your customer's name to their customer number from your ERP system (12345-End Customer).<br>
Then click on "Save Site." <br>
[[Datei:Site-erstellen-2.png|900px|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
<span id="Benutzer_anlegen"></span>
<span id="Benutzer_anlegen"></span>
==== Create user ====
===== Create user =====


You can create different users for your end customer's site.
Optionally, you can then create an additional user with admin rights for the customer's site; this user will also be able to log in to the backup portal.<br>
If you specify a user with the role "User" or "Administrator" instead of your parent site administrator when registering the agent, the agent will be registered in the end customer site.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Further information about the different user roles can be found in the [[Backup/en#Authorization_concept|Authorization Concept]].
You can find further information on the various user roles in the permissions concept. The screenshot below shows the configuration for a user with the "Admin" role.<br>
In the following screenshot you can see the configuration of a user with the "User" role. <br>
Please note that you must assign agents to users who do not have the "Admin" user role. <br>
Please note that you can still [[Backup/en#Assign_agents_to_users|Assign Agents to Users]] to users who do not have the "Administrator" user role<br>
<br>
[[File:User anlegen1.png|Create User|900px]] <br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-2.png]] <br>
<span id="Benachrichtigungen_konfigurieren"></span>
<br>
==== Configure notifications ====
<span id="Vault-Profil"></span>
===== Vault Profile =====


You can configure email notification for the site using the “Notifications” tab. <br>
Once a TERRA CLOUD Backup package has been provisioned, you will receive the access credentials for your tenant's vault account.<br>
The address on file will be notified as soon as the selected events occur. <br>
These credentials are required for authentication between the agents and the vault (storage destination). <br>
[[File:Mailbenachrichtigung-neu2.png|ohne|900px]]
These credentials must be saved into a vault profile within the wizard. <br>
<font color="red">Please note that the portal-side email notification is currently not yet available for all agents. See [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Function_overview function overview]</font><br>
<br>
Vault Name: <br>
The vault name is the display name for the vault profile. <br>
Recommendation: <br>
For simplicity, we recommend using the vault's FQDN (e.g., vault-wmh2-P001.terracloud.de) as the vault name. <br>
The chosen vault name serves only as a label and has no technical function. <br>
<br>
Address: <br>
Enter the vault's FQDN here (e.g., vault-wmh1-P001.terracloud.de). <br>
Account: <br>
Enter the provided vault account (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE). <br>
<br>
Username: <br>
Enter the provided vault account here as well (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE). <br>
The account and username have been set up identically to simplify the setup process. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Encryption password changed' option: <br>'''
Password: <br>
This can, for example, warn you in the event of unauthorized access if an attacker wants to gain access to future backups by changing the encryption password. <br>
Enter the provided password; this vault password is used to authenticate the vault account and is not used to encrypt user data. <br>
The encryption password cannot be changed retroactively for existing safesets.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-3.png]] <br>
The change in the encryption password is also reflected in the "Status Feed". <br>
<br>
<br>
'''The basic configuration for your first end customer site is now complete.''' <br>
<span id="Automatische_Agent-Konfiguration"></span>
<br />
===== Automatic Agent Configuration =====


<span id="Vault-Profile_konfigurieren"></span>
Finally, you have the option to enable automatic agent configuration so that new agents are configured automatically. <br>
==== Configure Vault Profiles ====
<br>
 
Prerequisites: <br>
After providing a TERRA CLOUD backup package, you will receive the access data for the vault account for your tenant.
To have a backup job created fully automatically, an encryption password must be defined.<br>
The credentials are required for authentication between the agents and the vault (storage target). <br>
With automatic agent configuration, the encryption password is passed as the default encryption password during the installation process itself. <br>
You can save the credentials in a Vault profile, e.g. For example, you don't have to enter it manually when registering an agent with the Vault.
Please click "Add New" to create a Vault profile.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Vault konfigurieren.png|border|Add Vault]]<br>
Please select a vault profile and a job template. <br>
If you are logged in as a parent site user, you can choose from all the job templates you have previously created and saved at other (child) sites. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Vault name:'''<br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-4.png]] <br>
The Vault Name is the displayed name of the Vault profile.
Recommendation: To simplify matters, we recommend the FQDN of the vault (e.g. vault-wmh2-P001.terracloud.de).
The chosen vault name has no technical function, but only serves as a designation. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Address:'''<br>
<span id="Zusammenfassung"></span>
Please enter the FQDN of the vault (e.g. vault-wmh1-P001.terracloud.de).<br>
===== Summary =====
 
In the final step, you will receive a summary of the information entered. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Account:'''<br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-5.png]] <br>
Please enter the submitted Vault account (e.g. 45814-ENDCUSTOMER).<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Username:'''<br>
<span id="Benachrichtigung_konfigurieren"></span>
Please also enter the submitted Vault account (e.g. 45814-ENDCUSTOMER). <br>
===== Configure notification =====
The account and user name have been created identically to simplify setup.<br>
 
You can subsequently configure email notifications for the site via the "Notifications" tab. <br>
The specified address will receive a notification as soon as the selected events occur. <br>
[[Datei:Mailbenachrichtigung-neu2.png|ohne|900px]]
<font color="red">Please note that portal-based email notification is currently not available for all agents. See [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Function_overview Function Overview]</font><br>
<br>
<br>
'''Password:'''<br>
'''"Encryption password changed" option: <br>'''
Please enter the submitted password. This Vault password is used to authenticate the Vault account and is not used to encrypt user data.
This can alert you, for example, in the event of unauthorized access—such as when an attacker attempts to gain access to future backups by changing the encryption password. <br>
Create the Vault profile via "OK".<br>
The encryption password '''cannot''' be changed retroactively for existing safesets.<br>
[[File:Vault Authentifizierung.png|border|Vault Settings]]<br>
<br>
<br>
The saved Vault profile should then be visible. <br>
'''Note:'''<br>
[[File:Vault sichtbar.png|border|Visible Vault]] <br>
Changes to the encryption password are also displayed in the "Status Feed". <br>
<span id="Automatische_Agent-Konfiguration"></span>
==== Automatic agent configuration ====
 
To automatically configure new agents in the portal, please activate the "Automatically configure new agents" option under the "Automatic Agent Configuration" tab.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Requirements:''' <br>
'''The basic configuration for the (child) site is now complete.''' <br>
- Transmission of a default encryption password during the installation process <br>
You can subsequently review all settings made in the site creation wizard within the individual tabs of the respective (child) site and adjust them separately if necessary.<br>
Please select a Vault profile and a job template. You can either use the pre-stored "Entire System Image" best practice template or create your own. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Default encryption password:''' <br>
<span id="Weitere_Benutzer_anlegen"></span>
To create a backup job completely automatically, an encryption password must be defined.
==== Create additional users ====
With automatic agent configuration, the encryption password is passed as the default encryption password during the installation process.
 
[[Datei:AAC-01.png|1000px|ohne]]
Just as in the Site Creation Wizard, you can also create additional portal users later from within the site via the "Users" tab.<br>
In addition to creating another administrator, you have the option here to select other user roles.<br>
<br>
<br>
<span id="Eigene_Jobvorlagen_erstellen"></span>
'''Note:'''<br>
===== Create your own job templates =====
You can find further information on the various user roles in the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Authorization_concept permissions concept].<br>
The following screenshot shows the configuration for a user with the "User" role.<br>
Please note that you can still [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Assign_agents_to_users assign agents] to users who do '''not''' have the "Administrator" role.<br>
[[Datei:User anlegen1.png|User anlegen|900px]] <br>
<span id="Jobvorlage_für_die_automatische_Agenten-Konfiguration_erstellen"></span>
==== Create job template for automatic agent configuration ====


You can create your own job templates by clicking the "View" button next to a preset job template to generate an editable copy.
You can create your own job templates by opening the "Automatic Agent Configuration" tab for the respective site.<br>
You can customize this copy as desired and, once saved, use it for the Automatic Agent Configuration. <br>
Click "View" next to the existing job template and then create an editable copy of the template.<br>
You can customize this copy as desired and use it for automatic agent configuration after saving it. <br>
[[Datei:AAC-01.png|1000px|ohne]]<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
The data backup start time is randomized within the time window of '''03:00 – 06:30'''. <br>
The start time for the data backup is randomly selected within the time windows of '''18:00 – 21:00''' and '''02:00 – 06:00'''. <br>
Example of a custom job template: <br>
Example of a custom job template: <br>
[[Datei:AAC-2.png|1000px|ohne]]
[[Datei:AAC-2.png|1000px|ohne]]
<br>
<span id="Multi-Faktor-Authentifizierung_(MFA)"></span>
=== Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) ===
Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) can be enabled to protect access to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.<br>
While its use is currently optional, there are plans to make MFA mandatory for accessing the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal in the future.
<span id="MFA-Verfahren"></span>
==== MFA Process ====
The following methods are available for multi-factor authentication:<br>
*Phone call
**The user receives an automated phone call in which a verification code is read out.
*SMS
**The verification code is sent via SMS to the registered mobile phone number.
*TOTP (Time-based One-Time Password)
**The user employs an authenticator app, such as '''Microsoft Authenticator''' or '''Google Authenticator'''.<br>The app generates time-based one-time codes that are entered during login.
<span id="MFA_einrichten"></span>
==== Configure MFA ====
When creating a new user, the mandatory multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirement is enabled by default.<br>
Consequently, the user is prompted to set up MFA upon their first login.<br>
Users can choose between the aforementioned methods.<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Konto verifizieren.png|500px|none]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-TOTP konfigurieren.png|500px|none]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Konto verifizieren-2.png|500px|none]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-SMS_Anruf konfigurieren.png|500px|none]]
Currently, users still have the option to skip the initial MFA setup and complete it at a later time.<br>
To do this, the user first logs in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal without having MFA set up.<br>
Then, they open the '''Edit my profile''' entry via the menu in the top right corner (three dots).<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-MFA nachträglich konfigurieren-1.png|300px|none]]<br>
Multi-factor authentication can then be set up in the '''Two-factor configuration''' section.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-MFA nachträglich konfigurieren-2.png|600px|none]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-MFA nachträglich konfigurieren-3.png|300px|none]]
<br>
<br>
<span id="Berechtigungskonzept"></span>
<span id="Berechtigungskonzept"></span>
Zeile 777: Zeile 843:
Then select whether you want the agents to be updated automatically or immediately:
Then select whether you want the agents to be updated automatically or immediately:
[[File:Agentupgradecenter.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
[[File:Agentupgradecenter.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
== '''Windows Agent''' ==


<span id="Installation_über_das_Setup"></span>
== '''Backup Jobs''' ==
=== Installation via Setup ===


Please download TERRA Backup Agent. To do this, log in to your portal and select the appropriate version under Downloads on the right. <br>
<span id="File_Level_Job"></span>
[[File:Agent Sprache.png|border|Select language]] <br>
=== File-based backup ===
 
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
==== How it works ====
 
The backup software accesses the file system of the system to be backed up. The files are read and divided into 32KB blocks; a checksum is calculated for each of these blocks.<br>
The delta can be determined in subsequent backups using the checksums. The blocks identified for backup are compressed and encrypted.
<span id="Schneller_Datei-Scan"></span>
==== Fast File Scan ====
 
The "Quick File Scan" or "QFS Quick File Scanning" function allows the Windows agent to pre-filter files based on the timestamp (modified date) in the file system to determine the delta.<br>
Files whose modification date is newer than the last backup are read in and compared with the delta file of the last backup using the calculated checksums of the 32KB blocks.<br>
Only blocks that have not yet been backed up will be included in the backup.
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_filebasiert"></span>
==== Advantages and disadvantages file-based====
 
'''Advantages:''' <br>
#BMR backup possible
#Included as standard with the agent, no additional plugin is required
#No reboot required after installation
#Granular troubleshooting possible
#Files/directories can be excluded
#Can be administered from the agent console without portal access
#Script-based restore possible via VPR file
#Threat detection feature can be used<br>
<br>
<br>
Now start the installation on the server to be backed up. First select the desired language in which you would like to be guided through the installation. <br>
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
[[File:Agent Assistent.png|border|Click Next]] <br>
#Slower with lots of small files
#Navigation via portal when restoring individual files
==== Best Practice ====
 
<pre style="color: green">
1.In the best case scenario, use a file-based backup job only to back up individual files and folders.
2.Add the “Entire Server” option to existing file-based BMR backup jobs.
3.Use an image-based job to configure new BMR backups.
4. File-based backup jobs are only recommended for up to a million files; above a million files we recommend an image backup job.
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Komplexe_Exklusionen/Inklusionen_in_dateibasierten_Jobs_konfigurieren"></span>
==== Configure complex exclusions/inclusions in file-based jobs ====
 
The following instructions can be used for both local file-based backup jobs and UNC jobs (network shares). <br>
When configuring one of the job types mentioned above, the portal can only be excluded or included to a limited extent. <br>
Using the Backup Portal, you can only select one directory per exclusion entry in the job configuration and exclude folders and/or files in the respective subdirectory.
This means that the entry only applies to the level below. <br>
<br>
<br>
On the "Support Information and Release Notes" page, click Next<br>
'''Example complex exclusion:'''<br>
[[File:Agent Supporthinweise.png|border|Support Notes]] <br>
You want to exclude all directories that end with '''_Backup''' in a backup job because they
Contains data backups that should not be included in the TERRA CLOUD backup.<br>
'''<code>D:\Data\*\*\*_Backup\*.*</code>'''<br>
In this exclusion there are two levels of different directories, each containing subdirectories ending in _Backup.<br>
These directories and their contents are excluded using the syntax shown.<br>
However, this complex exclusion expression cannot be configured in the portal and must therefore be copied manually into the job's configuration file.<br>
<br>
<br>
Accept the license terms and click Next. <br>
'''Deposit exclusion in the job configuration:''' <br>
[[File:Agent Lizenzbestimmungen.png|border|Confirm License Terms]] <br>
1. Configure any exclusion <br> for the job
<br>
2. Stop both TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> services
In the next installation step, select “Custom” and click Next. <br>
3. Open the JOBNAME.vvc file in the agent installation directory <br>
[[File:Agent Benutzerdefiniert.png|border|Setup type]] <br>
4. Swap the exclusion created by step 1 with the one you want as in the following example <br>
Exclude = "D:\*\*\*_Backup\*.*" <br>
5. Start both services again <br>
6. In the Backup Portal, check the job configuration and schedule and save it again if necessary
7. If you modify it manually, you will receive a warning in the Backup Portal, which you can simply confirm <br>
8. After confirming the warning, please check whether the configuration has been applied as desired <br>
For a complex inclusion, you can use these instructions analogously.
<span id="Bedrohungserkennung"></span>
==== Ransomware Threat Detection ====
 
This file-based backup option allows the agent to scan the system for potential threats during backup. <br>
If a possible threat is detected, the data backup is marked as a “potential threat”. <br>
The current and all subsequent backups will retain this flag until one of the actions is taken. <br>
<br>
<br>
The local logon credentials can usually be adopted. Click on Continue. <br>
Note:<br>
[[File:Agent lokales System.png|border|Logon Credentials]] <br>
The agent does not check for possible errors in a seed backup or the first backup
<br>
Ransomware threats when threat detection is enabled in a job.
Select the desired installation directory. Then click Next. <br>
[[File:Ransomware-1.png|border|1200px]]<br>
[[File:Agent Pfad.png|border|Select path]] <br>
<span id="Handhabung_von_potenziellen_Bedrohungen"></span>
<br>
==== Handling potential threats ====
In addition to the actual backup agent, other plug-ins can be installed. Depending on the type of server, individual Microsoft SQL database instances or Exchange mailboxes can be backed up. <br>
 
Select the plug-ins you want and then click Next. <br>
When ransomware threat detection is triggered, the following options are available via the "Manage potential threat" action: <br>
[[File:Agent plugins.png|border|Plugins]] <br>
[[File:Ransomware-2.png|border|250px|none]]<br>
<br>
1. Using the "Restore" option, you can configure a granular restore and—after the restore is complete—[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Delete_individual_data_backups_(safesets)_from_the_vault delete the flagged backup from the backup chain].
Enter the email address and password of the registration users or the user created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_user 5.2.1]. Confirm with Next. <br>
[[File:Ransomware-3.png|border|350px|none]] <br>
[[File:Agent login.png|border|Enter login information]] <br>
2. In the event of a false positive, you can select the "Delete potential threat warning" option and confirm the deletion of the warning.
<br>
[[File:Ransomware-4.png|border|350px|none]] <br>
Confirm with Install. <br>
<span id="Image_Level_Job"></span>
[[File:Agent bestaetigen.png|border|Install]] <br>
=== Image-based backup ===
<br>
 
If you are then redirected back to agent registration, the access data you entered is probably incorrect or you are having problems with the <br>
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
Network connection. First try pinging backup.terracloud.de. If this works, you can use Telnet to check whether port 8086 can be reached. <br>
==== How it works ====
[[File:Agent fertigstellen.png|border|Complete installation]] <br>
<br>
After 5 minutes at the latest, the server you just registered should appear under “Computer” within your portal. <br>
[[File:Computer sichtbar.png|1600px|border|List of computers in the portal]] <br>
<br>
On the right side under “Site Name” you can read “End Customer1” in our case. This is because we registered the agent with the user backupkunde@endkunde1.de, <br>
which belongs to the “End Customer1” subsite. This way we can now filter for computers that belong to the “End Customer1” subsite. This allows you to quickly list all computers in an organizational unit. <br>
<span id="Silent_Installation_unter_Windows"></span>
==== Silent installation under Windows ====


The agent can also be installed in silent mode. This is helpful if the agent is to be rolled out automatically on multiple systems. <br>
In contrast to a file-based backup job, which protects individual files and folders when backing up,
an image job backs up all blocks of a selected volume.<br>
It is possible to set up a BMR backup if all system-relevant volumes are backed up.
==== Changed Block Tracking ====
 
The image plug-in installs a changed block tracking driver, which requires a restart after installation. This can be used to determine which blocks have changed in relation to the last backup.
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_Imagebasiert"></span>
==== Advantages and Disadvantages Image-based====
 
'''Advantages:''' <br>
#BMR backup possible
#Faster for lots of small files
#Recommended for natively protected data volumes of 1TB or more
#Requires less processing power than file-based backup
#Convenient Restore (Image is attached)
#Navigation via Explorer when restoring<br>
<br>
<br>
'''An example of the silent installation including the image plug-in: <br>'''
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe /s /v" REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de AMPPASSWORD=password FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON /qn"'' <br ><br>
#Exclusion of individual files and folders is not possible
'''Explanation:'''<br>
#Restore only possible on disks of the same size/larger
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe'': The agent (x64) setup is called.<br>
#Restart required after plugin installation
''REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True'': The agent should be registered on the backup portal.<br>
#No granular troubleshooting possible
''AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de'': The address of the backup portal is passed.<br>
#ReFS is not supported
''AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de'': The user of the customer site is transferred.<br>
#Threat detection feature cannot be used
''AMPPASSWORD=password'': The password you assigned for the customer site user.<br>
==== Best Practice ====
<br>
 
'''Parameters for plugins:'''<br>
<pre style="color: green">
Plug-ins can be added after the ''AMPPASSWORD'' separated by a space as in the example above.
1. The restart can be done at a later point in time (usually after the end of work). The agent can be configured without restarting.
Image Plugin: ''FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON''<br>
2. To protect the entire system, including the possibility of a bare metal restore, select the "Entire Server" and "BMR" options.
Exchange Plugin (Legacy): ''FEATUREEXCHANGE=ON''<br>
3. If data (such as local backups / dumps) needs to be excluded, you can move it to a separate volume and explicitly not include this volume in the backup set.<br>
Exchange Plug-in (From 2010): ''FEATUREEXCHANGE2010=ON''<br>
The "Entire Server" option cannot be used in this case.
SQL Plugin: ''FEATURESQL=ON''<br>
</pre style="color: green">
Cluster plugin: ''FEATURECLUSTER=ON''<br>
=== UNC-Backup Job ===
Oracle Plugin: ''FEATUREORACLE=ON''<br>
<br>
'''Installation in another directory:'''<br>
If required, please specify the following parameter directly after /s /v" to install in another directory:<br>
''SILENTINSTALDIR=\"Path''
Example:<br>
''SILENTINSTALLDIR=\"C:\Program Files\Example\''<br>
<span id="Silent_Agenten-Registrierung"></span>
==== Silent Agent Registration ====


The following entry in the command line is sufficient to re-register the agent on the portal:<br>
<span id="Dokumentation"></span>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\buagent.exe" -cmdline --reregister --amplogin backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de --amppassword USERPW --ampserver "backup.terracloud.de" --ampport 8086' '<br>
==== Documentation ====
<br>
The Terra Cloud Backup services must then be restarted.<br>
To do this, start Powershell with administrator rights and enter the following:<br>
''Get-Service -DisplayName "TERRA Cloud Backup*" | Restart service''<br>
<br>
<span id="Installation_per_PowerShell_Skript"></span>
=== Installation via PowerShell script ===


To achieve a fully automated installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent, we developed the following PowerShell script and made it available in the download area of ​​the TERRA CLOUD Backup portal:<br>
Complete setup instructions can be found in Chapter 5.4 of the Windows Agent User Guide at [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin Agents Doku/ Release Notes] (Documentation -> EN -> Windows Agent -> User Guide )
<br>
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
[[Datei:Install-TCBWindowsAgent.png|border|Install-TCBWindowsAgent]]<br>
==== How it works ====
 
The Windows agent connects to the stored network share and saves the selected files. For authentication, a user must be provided with read and write permissions.
==== Best Practice ====
 
<pre style="color: green">
1. A UNC backup job should protect a maximum of 500,000 files or 1 TB of native data. If more data needs to be backed up, we recommend distributing it across several UNC backup jobs.
2. Since backing up a network share via a DFS namespace is not supported, we recommend backing up the server share directly without using the namespace.
3. Recommended backup method for files stored on NAS systems (e.g. from Synology, QNAP).
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Zeitplan"></span>
=== Schedule Recommendations ===
 
The schedule determines when a data backup should be started and with which retention type it should be saved. <br>
The following articles go into more detail about various recommended schedule configurations. <br>
<span id="Erneute_Sicherungsversuche"></span>
==== Renewed backup attempts ====
 
The “''Automatic restart for time-controlled backup''” function offers the option of restarting an incorrect or failed data backup. <br>
This can be particularly helpful if, for example, in the first backup attempt. B. a Microsoft VSS shadow copy cannot be created. <br>
We recommend waiting a few minutes between backup attempts so that e.g. B. Load peaks can be avoided. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Functions:'''
[[File:Erneute Sicherungsversuche.png|800px|border]]
* Port check TCP 8086/8087
<span id="Tägliche_und_monatliche_Sicherung"></span>
* Check for pending restarts
==== Daily and Monthly Backup ====
* Download the current setup
 
* Install the agent and register it with the portal
This schedule runs one backup per day, using a Daily or Monthly retention type. <br>
* Initiate automatic agent configuration, if configured in the portal<br>
The last calendar day uses the Monthly retention type, and all other days use the Daily retention type.<br>
<span style="color:red"> Administrator rights in PowerShell are required to run this script. It may also be necessary to unlock the script file after downloading by right-clicking and selecting Properties.</span><br>
The time was configured identically due to the priority, so that every day except the last calendar day, line 1 does not apply and line 2 must be checked. <br>
Since the conditions in line 2 are met on any other day, this is executed. <br>
This configuration prevents daily and monthly backups from being created on the last calendar day. <br>
<br>
<br>
Parameters:<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
SiteUser: Site username<br>
[[File:jobzeitplan.png|border|Create schedule|1000 px]]<br>
SiteUserPassword: Site user password<br>
<span id="Vier_tägliche_Sicherungen"></span>
JobEncryptionKey: Encryption password for jobs to be created, provided automatic agent configuration has been configured on the customer site<br>
==== Four daily backups ====
 
This schedule runs four backups per day, with retention type "4xDaily".<br>
The backup times were set at the beginning and end of the working day plus two additional backups within the working day. <br>
In the example configuration below, the backup is performed on the hour at 6 a.m., 9 a.m., 12 p.m. and 3 p.m.<br>
If the system data is changed 24/7, it is recommended to distribute it at equal intervals, e.g. E.g. 0/6/12/18<br>
<br>
<br>
Plug-in Parameters:<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
ExchangeLegacy: Exchange Plug-in (Legacy)<br>
[[File:Benutzerdefinierter Zeitplan.png|none|300 px]] <br>
Exchange: Exchange Plug-in (2010 and later)<br>
SQL: SQL Plug-in<br>
Cluster: Cluster Plug-in<br>
Oracle: Oracle Plug-in<br>
<br>
<br>
Execution via PowerShell (without plug-ins):<br>
[[File:4x-Daily.png|ohne|1000 px]]<br>
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#"<br>
<span id="Sicherung_von_Clients_mit_den_Windows-Sicherungsereignisauslösern"></span>
<br>
==== Backing up clients using the Windows backup event triggers ====  
'''Execution via PowerShell (with plugins):'''<br>
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -SQL<br>
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -Exchange<br>
<span id="Agent_mit_dem_Vault_verknüpfen"></span>
===Associate Agent with Vault ===


Every newly registered computer is initially displayed as “Not configured” in the portal. First, at least one vault (data safe) must be assigned to the computer. <br>
Unlike a scheduled server backup, a client system's usage time can vary, making a fixed backup schedule less suitable. <br>
Click on the server you want to configure (DC in this example). This will open the settings for this computer. Then click on “Configure manually” on the right. <br>
The Windows backup event triggers, which start the data backup dynamically depending on the time of triggering, are suitable for these purposes. <br>
[[File:Manuelle Konfiguration.png|border|Manual Configuration]] <br>
The following Windows events can be selected as triggers: <br>
<br>
<br>
Now click on “Add Vault” on the right.<br>
'''Event:'''<br>
Then select the Vault profile created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Configure_Vault_Profiles 4.2.1] under “Vault profile”, in our case this is “Vault_Endkunden1”. All fields should then be automatically filled with the set values. <br>
'''1. Shutdown'''<br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen1.png|border|Vault Settings]] <br>
Before the system is shut down or restarted, the user receives a message asking whether the data backup should be performed before shutdown. <br>
<br>
<br>
The agent establishes a test connection to the vault.<br>
'''2. Login'''<br>
If the connection cannot be established, for example because incorrect access data was entered, you will receive an error message. <br>
A user login starts the data backup. <br>
If everything is OK, the vault will now appear under the “Vault Settings”. <br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen uebersicht.png|1600px|border|Overview]] <br>
<span id="Erweiterte_Agentenkonfiguration"></span>
=== Advanced Agent Configuration ===
 
Individual settings can be configured for each computer. These include, for example: B. Mail notification and bandwidth limitation. <br>
Go to “Computer” in the portal. Select a server and then click on “Advanced” to make specific settings. <br>
[[File:Erweiterte Agentenkonfiguration.png|border|1500px|Overview of Advanced Agent Configuration]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Options:'''<br>
[[File:Backup vor dem Herunterfahren.png|border|ohne]]<br>
Under this point you can add a description to the system, for example: B. to store the ticket number in the description in a support case.<br>
<br>
We recommend the option “Log errors and stop backup” for current Windows agents; this is the default setting after installation or update.<br>
'''Waiting time between backups:'''<br>
The option "Log errors and continue backup" offers the advantage that backups can also be carried out if, for example, B. VSS problems can sometimes go through. <br>
The triggering can be limited to once or twice a day, for example. B. If you restart multiple times, you won't be asked for a backup every time you restart.
The files not backed up in this job will result in an increased delta afterwards.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Retention Types:'''<br>
[[File:Alternative_Backup_Trigger.png|border|900px|ohne]]
The currently stored retention types are displayed here; after installation, "4xDaily", "Daily", "Monthly" and "Yearly" are stored by default.<br>
<span id="TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Stündliche_Sicherungen"></span>
You can use this tab to create your own storage types, which you can then choose from in the schedule.<br>
==== TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: High Frequent Backup - Hourly backups ====
When configuring, please note that 50 safe sets per job are included free of charge.<br>
 
The High Frequency Backups feature enables hourly backups and thus an RPO of 60 minutes. <br>
Hourly backups must be created with retention types [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Preconfigured_retention_types Retention Types "24-Hours" and "48-Hours"] using the "Intraday" schedule view. <br>
In the example shown below, all 50 safesets of the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Consumption_values_of_the_active_safe_sets inclusive quota] are scheduled. <br>
It was assumed that most changes to the data set are made between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Notifications (agent side):'''<br>
This schedule performs a total of eleven backups per day in the following distribution:
As of August 2021, the “Notifications” tab is only available if an agent-side mail notification is already configured. <br>
* Nine backups are performed hourly between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. with the retention type "24-Hours"
This agent function has been replaced by the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Configure_notifications Notification via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal].<br>
* One backup at 8 p.m. with the retention type "Daily" or on the last calendar day "Monthly"
<br>
<br>
'''Enable agent-side notification manually:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
If you want to continue using agent-side notification, you can configure it using the following steps. <br>
Please note that the hourly backups may only be used in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault. <br>
1. Stop the "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> services on the desired system.
2. Open the "global.vvc" file in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> installation directory.
3. Please add the following lines, if they are not present, after the curly braces of the "OpenFile" block:
  notification {
  MailOnError = True
  MailOnFailure = True
  MailOnSuccess = True
  }
4. Start the services "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> on the desired system.
5. Open the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and update your browser if necessary.
6. Complete the configuration using the “Notification” tab, which is now visible again.
<br>
<br>
'''Performance:'''<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
Bandwidth limitation and execution priority can be configured under this point. <br>
# Please add a new line to your schedule using "Add schedule"
According to current knowledge, changing the execution priority has no noticeable effect, so we recommend keeping the default value.<br>
# Select the "Intraday" schedule view for this line
Bandwidth limitation is particularly recommended for weak connections during your customer's working hours.<br>
# Configure how often the high-frequency backup should back up within a day, e.g. every full hour between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. (see screenshot)
At least 1.5 Mbps should be allocated for a backup.<br>
# Confirm the configuration with "OK".
# Finally, you can decide how long the data backups should be kept using the two new retention types available, 24-hours and 48-hours
<br>
<br>
'''Agent log files:''' <br>
[[File:Untertägiger Zeitplan.png|framed|ohne]]
Under this tab you can view all global (cross-job) log files of the agent, which can be helpful for troubleshooting.<br>
For example, log files of the BUAgent can be viewed; this service (TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent) is responsible for the agent's communication with the backup portal.<br>
<br />
<span id="Aktualisierung_des_Agenten"></span>
=== Agent Update ===
 
The TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent can be updated as follows:
<br>
<br>
'''Windows (manually):''' <br>
'''Full schedule:'''
*Starting with agent version 8, the agent can be updated directly via the setup of the newer agent version.
[[File:Ohne Retries Zeitplanansicht.jpg|border|none|1200 px]]
*When you start a setup of a newer agent, you will be asked if you want to perform an update.
:[[Datei:Agent-Update.png|border|Update durchführen]]<br><br>
<br>
<br>
'''Windows (Agent Upgrade Center):''' <br>
<span id="TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_10_Jahres_Aufbewahrung"></span>
You can update multiple agents centrally via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. Instructions can be found at: <br>
==== TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: 10 years retention ====
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Agent_Upgrade_Center Agent Upgrade Center]
== '''Linux Agent''' ==


<span id="Dokumentation_Linux_Agent"></span>
The sample schedule shown below includes all 50 safesets of the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Consumption_values_of_the_active_safe_sets Included quota].<br>
=== Documentation Linux Agent ===
It is assumed that all documents to be archived will be stored on the system and backed up by December 31st.
 
<br>
You can find extensive documentation and further information in [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin/Documentation%20and%20Release%20Notes/Documentation/DE/Linux%20Agent%20and%20Oracle%20Plug-in%20v9.2%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf?inline Linux Agent User Guide].
This schedule performs one data backup per day at 11:30 PM with the following retention types:
<span id="Vorbereitung_der_Installation_für_eine_Bare_Metal_Sicherung"></span>
* Daily on all days of the month except the last day
=== Preparing the installation for a bare metal backup ===
* Monthly on the last day of the month, from January to November
 
* Yearly on the last day of the year
The bare metal backup of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent requires the software [https://relax-and-recover.org Relax and Recover], in a supported version, on the system to be backed up.<br>
'''Note on the Yearly Retention Type'''<br>
We recommend installing the software via the package manager of the respective distribution and, if necessary, updating it to the supported version. <br>
The "Yearly" retention type was added as the default retention type in February 2026.<br>
The currently supported version of Relax and Recover can be found in the release notes of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent.<br>
<br>
<br>
<font color="red">Please note that TERRA CLOUD cannot provide support for the installation or commissioning of the Relax and Recover software.</font>
'''Sample Schedule:''' <br>
=== Installation ===
[[Datei:Zeitplan + Archivfunktion.png|border|1000 px]]
<br>
<span id="Job_manuell_ausführen"></span>
===Run job manually ===


'''Step 1:''' Please download the TERRA Backup Agent. <br>
If you wish, you can also run jobs manually. <br>
To do so, log in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and copy the link address of the required agent (32 or 64 bit) from the download area. <br>
[[File:manuell ausfuehren.png|1600px|border|Run job manually]] <br>
Please download the agent setup, e.g., using the ''wget'' command and the copied link address.
[[Datei:Linux-Agent-Download.png|ohne]]  
<br>
<br>
'''Step 2:''' Please unpack the archive with ''tar -xzvf PACKAGE-NAME.tar.gz''. <br>
Click “Start Backup”. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent unzip-2neu.png|ohne]]
[[File:job ausfuehren.png|border|Run job]] <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Step 3:''' Please then change to the unzipped agent directory and start the installer shell script using ''./install.sh''
Completed backup process: <br>
[[File:Prozessdetails.png|border|Process Details]] <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent install.sh.png|1500px|ohne]]
Since the agent is able to compress, in this case only 14.27 GB of data was transferred and stored in the vault for a complete Windows Server 2025 VM. The original size of the system is 33.95 GB. <br>
This is an initial backup, as 33.95 GB is also stored under Changed. <br>
We can also see under the “Jobs” tab that the backup process was completed successfully: <br>
[[File:Erfolgreich abgeschlossen.png|border|Backup Status Completed Successfully]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Step 4:''' Please first read and confirm the license agreement and follow the instructions of the installation wizard to configure the installation. <br>
Further details can be viewed by clicking on “Completed” in the middle. <br>
In the screenshot of the example installation, the default settings for the following queries have been selected:
<span id="Zurückstellungsfunktion"></span>
#Installation directory ''/opt/BUAgent''
=== Defering function ===
#Language Email notification ''(deprecated agent email notification)''
 
#Encryption method
The deferral function allows you to split the initial backup into multiple backup stages. <br>
You can accept the default values ​​by confirming the queries with ENTER. <br>
After the specified time window (e.g., 8 hours) has elapsed, an incomplete safeset is created. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent Installation.png|ohne]]
The blocks not yet backed up are "deferred" and can be backed up in the next backup stage. <br>
You will receive a warning at the end of the backup that the deferral is still active.<br>
Please select the "Use deferral" option and specify a backup time window of at least 15 minutes to a maximum of 48 hours. <br>
This function can be used for both manual and scheduled execution. <br>
[[Datei:Zurückstellung.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<p style="color: red"><br>
<br>
'''Important:''' <br>
A backup with an active deferral results in an incomplete backup. <br>
Restoring from a backup with active deferral can only be performed with a file-based job.
</p>
<br>
<br>
'''Step 5:''' Please indicate whether a Bare Metal Restore backup is desired. <br>
'''Recommendation:''' <br>
If you answer YES, please note that a supported version of [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Preparing_the_installation_for_a_bare_metal_backup Relax and Recover] must already be installed on the system. <br>
The deferral function can be used '''exclusively''' for the initial backup. You can select the deferral during manual execution or specify it in the schedule.
The default value for the Relax and Recover directory is ''/usr/sbin/rear''. <br>
We recommend adding a reminder in the agent description that the deferral function is active in the schedule. After the first successful backup without deferral, you can remove the function from the schedule and the reminder from the agent description.
[[Datei:Linux Agent enable BMR.png|ohne]]
[[Datei:Zurückstellung im Zeitplan.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
'''Step 6:''' Please register the Linux Agent on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal: <br>
#Portal address = backup.terracloud.de
#Portal connection port = 8086 ''(default value)''
#Portal username = [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_user User] of the end customer's site
#Portal password = Password of the user on the end customer's site
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent Portal Registrierung.png|ohne]]
The deferral can be used to split the initial backup or seed backup into multiple backup operations. You will receive a warning in the log file until the backup job has completed completely. For a BMR job, BMR protection is only provided after the first successful completion without deferral.<br>
'''Step 7:''' Please check the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal to see if the Agent has been successfully registered on your end customer's site. <br>
<br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent im Portal.png|ohne]]
'''Example:''' <br>
== '''Backup Jobs''' ==
<br>
 
'''Day 1:''' <br>
<span id="File_Level_Job"></span>
The backup job is started with a deferral for the first time and completes the backup after a defined period of 8 hours, and Safeset 1 has been created. <br>
=== File-based backup ===
<br>
'''Day 2:''' <br>
The backup is started again and creates Safeset 2 after 8 hours. <br>
<br>
'''Day 3:'''<br>
On the third run, the backup job completes before the 8-hour period, Safeset 3 is created, and the seed backup is successfully completed. <br>
The status of the backup job changes from "Deferred with Warnings" to "OK". <br>
== '''Windows Agent''' ==


<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
=== Installation ===
==== How it works ====


The backup software accesses the file system of the system to be backed up. The files are read and divided into 32KB blocks; a checksum is calculated for each of these blocks.<br>
<span id="Installation_über_das_Setup"></span>
The delta can be determined in subsequent backups using the checksums. The blocks identified for backup are compressed and encrypted.
==== Installation via Setup ====
<span id="Schneller_Datei-Scan"></span>
==== Fast File Scan ====


The "Quick File Scan" or "QFS Quick File Scanning" function allows the Windows agent to pre-filter files based on the timestamp (modified date) in the file system to determine the delta.<br>
Please download TERRA Backup Agent. To do this, log in to your portal and select the appropriate version under Downloads on the right. <br>
Files whose modification date is newer than the last backup are read in and compared with the delta file of the last backup using the calculated checksums of the 32KB blocks.<br>
[[File:Agent Sprache.png|border|Select language]] <br>
Only blocks that have not yet been backed up will be included in the backup.
<br>
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_filebasiert"></span>
Now start the installation on the server to be backed up. First select the desired language in which you would like to be guided through the installation. <br>
==== Advantages and disadvantages file-based====
[[File:Agent Assistent.png|border|Click Next]] <br>
 
'''Advantages:''' <br>
#BMR backup possible
#Included as standard with the agent, no additional plugin is required
#No reboot required after installation
#Granular troubleshooting possible
#Files/directories can be excluded
#Can be administered from the agent console without portal access
#Script-based restore possible via VPR file
#Threat detection feature can be used<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
On the "Support Information and Release Notes" page, click Next<br>
#Slower with lots of small files
[[File:Agent Supporthinweise.png|border|Support Notes]] <br>
#Navigation via portal when restoring individual files
==== Best Practice ====
 
<pre style="color: green">
1.In the best case scenario, use a file-based backup job only to back up individual files and folders.
2.Add the “Entire Server” option to existing file-based BMR backup jobs.
3.Use an image-based job to configure new BMR backups.
4. File-based backup jobs are only recommended for up to a million files; above a million files we recommend an image backup job.
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Dateibasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
==== Create file-based backup job ====
 
Click on the “Jobs” tab. Then click “Create new job for local system”. <br>
[[File:neuer job lokal.png|border|Create new job for local system]]<br>
<br>
<br>
The “Create new job” window opens.
Accept the license terms and click Next. <br>
[[File:Filebasierter-Job.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
[[File:Agent Lizenzbestimmungen.png|border|Confirm License Terms]] <br>
<br>
In the next installation step, select “Custom” and click Next. <br>
[[File:Agent Benutzerdefiniert.png|border|Setup type]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Please first give the job a name. The name “BMR” (for Bare Metal Restore) is used in the example. <br>
The local logon credentials can usually be adopted. Click on Continue. <br>
The default encryption algorithm is AES 256 bit, which is considered very secure. <br>
[[File:Agent lokales System.png|border|Logon Credentials]] <br>
<br>
<br>
'''''Then enter an encryption password (maximum 31 characters). Resetting an encryption password is not possible!''''' <br>
Select the desired installation directory. Then click Next. <br>
In the middle area you will find the directory structure that the agent transmits to the portal.<br>
[[File:Agent Pfad.png|border|Select path]] <br>
Here you can easily select all the directories and folders you want to back up.<br>
In this example, the BMR and Entire Server options have been configured.<br>
This not only backs up the actual system files, but also the bootloader. This means you can restore an entire server later.<br>
With the “Bare Metal Restore” the entire ''c:\ system partition'' is backed up in addition to the data required for booting.<br>
On the right you will then see the backup set.<br>Objects marked with “+” are saved.<br>If you would like to exclude individual data from the backup, <br>
select the file and click “Exclude”. Objects marked with “-” are excluded from the backup. <br>
Confirm the setting by clicking on “Create job”. <br>
A window will then automatically open to configure the schedule. <br>
<span id="Komplexe_Exklusionen/Inklusionen_in_dateibasierten_Jobs_konfigurieren"></span>
==== Configure complex exclusions/inclusions in file-based jobs ====
 
The following instructions can be used for both local file-based backup jobs and UNC jobs (network shares). <br>
When configuring one of the job types mentioned above, the portal can only be excluded or included to a limited extent. <br>
Using the Backup Portal, you can only select one directory per exclusion entry in the job configuration and exclude folders and/or files in the respective subdirectory.
This means that the entry only applies to the level below. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example complex exclusion:'''<br>
In addition to the actual backup agent, other plug-ins can be installed. Depending on the type of server, individual Microsoft SQL database instances or Exchange mailboxes can be backed up. <br>
You want to exclude all directories that end with '''_Backup''' in a backup job because they
Select the plug-ins you want and then click Next. <br>
Contains data backups that should not be included in the TERRA CLOUD backup.<br>
[[File:Agent plugins.png|border|Plugins]] <br>
'''<code>D:\Data\*\*\*_Backup\*.*</code>'''<br>
<br>
In this exclusion there are two levels of different directories, each containing subdirectories ending in _Backup.<br>
Enter the email address and password of the registration users or the user created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_user 5.2.1]. Confirm with Next. <br>
These directories and their contents are excluded using the syntax shown.<br>
[[File:Agent login.png|border|Enter login information]] <br>
However, this complex exclusion expression cannot be configured in the portal and must therefore be copied manually into the job's configuration file.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Deposit exclusion in the job configuration:''' <br>
Confirm with Install. <br>
1. Configure any exclusion <br> for the job
[[File:Agent bestaetigen.png|border|Install]] <br>
2. Stop both TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> services
3. Open the JOBNAME.vvc file in the agent installation directory <br>
4. Swap the exclusion created by step 1 with the one you want as in the following example <br>
Exclude = "D:\*\*\*_Backup\*.*" <br>
5. Start both services again <br>
6. In the Backup Portal, check the job configuration and schedule and save it again if necessary
7. If you modify it manually, you will receive a warning in the Backup Portal, which you can simply confirm <br>
8. After confirming the warning, please check whether the configuration has been applied as desired <br>
For a complex inclusion, you can use these instructions analogously.
<span id="Bedrohungserkennung"></span>
==== Ransomware Threat Detection ====
 
This file-based backup option allows the agent to scan the system for potential threats during backup. <br>
If a possible threat is detected, the data backup is marked as a “potential threat”. <br>
The current and all subsequent backups will retain this flag until one of the actions is taken. <br>
<br>
<br>
Note:<br>
If you are then redirected back to agent registration, the access data you entered is probably incorrect or you are having problems with the <br>
The agent does not check for possible errors in a seed backup or the first backup
Network connection. First try pinging backup.terracloud.de. If this works, you can use Telnet to check whether port 8086 can be reached. <br>
Ransomware threats when threat detection is enabled in a job.
[[File:Agent fertigstellen.png|border|Complete installation]] <br>
[[File:Ransomware-1.png|border|1200px]]<br>
<br>
<span id="Handhabung_von_potenziellen_Bedrohungen"></span>
After 5 minutes at the latest, the server you just registered should appear under “Computer” within your portal. <br>
==== Handling potential threats ====
[[File:Computer sichtbar.png|1600px|border|List of computers in the portal]] <br>
<br>
On the right side under “Site Name” you can read “End Customer1” in our case. This is because we registered the agent with the user backupkunde@endkunde1.de, <br>
which belongs to the “End Customer1” subsite. This way we can now filter for computers that belong to the “End Customer1” subsite. This allows you to quickly list all computers in an organizational unit. <br>
<span id="Silent_Installation_unter_Windows"></span>
===== Silent installation under Windows =====


When ransomware threat detection is triggered, the following options are available via the "Manage potential threat" action: <br>
The agent can also be installed in silent mode. This is helpful if the agent is to be rolled out automatically on multiple systems. <br>
[[File:Ransomware-2.png|border|250px|none]]<br>
<br>
1. Using the "Restore" option, you can configure a granular restore and—after the restore is complete—[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Delete_individual_data_backups_(safesets)_from_the_vault delete the flagged backup from the backup chain].
'''An example of the silent installation including the image plug-in: <br>'''
[[File:Ransomware-3.png|border|350px|none]] <br>
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe /s /v" REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de AMPPASSWORD=password FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON /qn"'' <br ><br>
2. In the event of a false positive, you can select the "Delete potential threat warning" option and confirm the deletion of the warning.
'''Explanation:'''<br>
[[File:Ransomware-4.png|border|350px|none]] <br>
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe'': The agent (x64) setup is called.<br>
<span id="Image_Level_Job"></span>
''REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True'': The agent should be registered on the backup portal.<br>
=== Image-based backup ===
''AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de'': The address of the backup portal is passed.<br>
 
''AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de'': The user of the customer site is transferred.<br>
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
''AMPPASSWORD=password'': The password you assigned for the customer site user.<br>
==== How it works ====
<br>
'''Parameters for plugins:'''<br>
Plug-ins can be added after the ''AMPPASSWORD'' separated by a space as in the example above.
Image Plugin: ''FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON''<br>
Exchange Plugin (Legacy): ''FEATUREEXCHANGE=ON''<br>
Exchange Plug-in (From 2010): ''FEATUREEXCHANGE2010=ON''<br>
SQL Plugin: ''FEATURESQL=ON''<br>
Cluster plugin: ''FEATURECLUSTER=ON''<br>
Oracle Plugin: ''FEATUREORACLE=ON''<br>
<br>
'''Installation in another directory:'''<br>
If required, please specify the following parameter directly after /s /v" to install in another directory:<br>
''SILENTINSTALDIR=\"Path''
Example:<br>
''SILENTINSTALLDIR=\"C:\Program Files\Example\''<br>
<span id="Silent_Agenten-Registrierung"></span>
===== Silent Agent Registration =====


In contrast to a file-based backup job, which protects individual files and folders when backing up,
The following entry in the command line is sufficient to re-register the agent on the portal:<br>
an image job backs up all blocks of a selected volume.<br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\buagent.exe" -cmdline --reregister --amplogin backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de --amppassword USERPW --ampserver "backup.terracloud.de" --ampport 8086' '<br>
It is possible to set up a BMR backup if all system-relevant volumes are backed up.
<br>
==== Changed Block Tracking ====
The Terra Cloud Backup services must then be restarted.<br>
To do this, start Powershell with administrator rights and enter the following:<br>
''Get-Service -DisplayName "TERRA Cloud Backup*" | Restart service''<br>
<br>
<span id="Installation_per_PowerShell_Skript"></span>
==== Installation via PowerShell script ====


The image plug-in installs a changed block tracking driver, which requires a restart after installation. This can be used to determine which blocks have changed in relation to the last backup.
To achieve a fully automated installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent, we developed the following PowerShell script and made it available in the download area of ​​the TERRA CLOUD Backup portal:<br>
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_Imagebasiert"></span>
<br>
==== Advantages and Disadvantages Image-based====
[[Datei:Install-TCBWindowsAgent.png|border|Install-TCBWindowsAgent]]<br>
 
<br>
'''Advantages:''' <br>
'''Functions:'''
#BMR backup possible
* Port check TCP 8086/8087
#Faster for lots of small files
* Check for pending restarts
#Recommended for natively protected data volumes of 1TB or more
* Download the current setup
#Requires less processing power than file-based backup
* Install the agent and register it with the portal
#Convenient Restore (Image is attached)
* Initiate automatic agent configuration, if configured in the portal<br>
#Navigation via Explorer when restoring<br>
<span style="color:red"> Administrator rights in PowerShell are required to run this script. It may also be necessary to unlock the script file after downloading by right-clicking and selecting Properties.</span><br>
<br>
<br>
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
Parameters:<br>
#Exclusion of individual files and folders is not possible
SiteUser: Site username<br>
#Restore only possible on disks of the same size/larger
SiteUserPassword: Site user password<br>
#Restart required after plugin installation
JobEncryptionKey: Encryption password for jobs to be created, provided automatic agent configuration has been configured on the customer site<br>
#No granular troubleshooting possible
#ReFS is not supported
#Threat detection feature cannot be used
==== Best Practice ====
 
<pre style="color: green">
1. The restart can be done at a later point in time (usually after the end of work). The agent can be configured without restarting.
2. To protect the entire system, including the possibility of a bare metal restore, select the "Entire Server" and "BMR" options.
3. If data (such as local backups / dumps) needs to be excluded, you can move it to a separate volume and explicitly not include this volume in the backup set.<br>
The "Entire Server" option cannot be used in this case.
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Imagebasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
==== Create image-based backup job ====
 
'''Requirement:''' <br>
The image plug-in must be installed on the system.
If the plug-in is not yet installed, you can run the agent setup again and use the "change" option to install the plug-in later.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Create job:''' <br>
Plug-in Parameters:<br>
In the backup portal, please select the image job under "Select job task" as shown in the following screenshot:
ExchangeLegacy: Exchange Plug-in (Legacy)<br>
[[File:Image Job erstellen 1.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
Exchange: Exchange Plug-in (2010 and later)<br>
SQL: SQL Plug-in<br>
Cluster: Cluster Plug-in<br>
Oracle: Oracle Plug-in<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Configure job:''' <br>
Execution via PowerShell (without plug-ins):<br>
In this screenshot you can see an example configuration from an image job. In this, the “Bare Metal Restore” and “Entire Server” options were selected and included in the backup set. <br>
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#"<br>
Instead of showing the file system, the agent only shows individual volumes. <br>
[[File:Image-Job-erstellen-1.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Application Aware Backup' option:''' <br>
'''Execution via PowerShell (with plugins):'''<br>
In addition to a BMR backup, this option also enables the transaction logs of a Microsoft SQL Server to be truncated and backed up.
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -SQL<br>
In order to use this, you must provide the access data required for the SQL instance.
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -Exchange<br>
We recommend not using this option and using your own SQL job for a comprehensive backup of a SQL instance.<br>
<span id="Agent_mit_dem_Vault_verknüpfen"></span>
===Associate Agent with Vault ===
 
Every newly registered computer is initially displayed as “Not configured” in the portal. First, at least one vault (data safe) must be assigned to the computer. <br>
Click on the server you want to configure (DC in this example). This will open the settings for this computer. Then click on “Configure manually” on the right. <br>
[[File:Manuelle Konfiguration.png|border|Manual Configuration]] <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Entire Server' option:''' <br>
Now click on “Add Vault” on the right.<br>
If you add this option to the backup set, all partitions (volumes) of a system will be included in the backup. This excludes removable storage media (e.g. external hard drives or USB sticks). Partitions (volumes) added later are automatically included; there is no need to adjust the configuration.<br>
Then select the Vault profile created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Configure_Vault_Profiles 4.2.1] under “Vault profile”, in our case this is “Vault_Endkunden1”. All fields should then be automatically filled with the set values. <br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen1.png|border|Vault Settings]] <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:''' <br>
The agent establishes a test connection to the vault.<br>
<pre style="color: red">For an image-based backup job, BMR protection is automatically provided by the "Entire Server" option, but in order to be able to offer a standard configuration for file- and image-based backup jobs, the option was changed BMR additionally added in the screenshot above. </pre style="color: red">
If the connection cannot be established, for example because incorrect access data was entered, you will receive an error message. <br>
=== UNC-Backup Job ===
If everything is OK, the vault will now appear under the “Vault Settings”. <br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen uebersicht.png|1600px|border|Overview]] <br>
In addition to the portal, the Windows agent can also be started via command line or script.<br>
Agent scripting is recommended, for example, to stop non-VSS-capable databases before backup (MySQL, MariaDB, etc.)
<span id="Job_erstellen"></span>
=== Create job ===


<span id="Dokumentation"></span>
<span id="Dateibasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
==== Documentation ====
==== Create file-based backup job ====


Complete setup instructions can be found in Chapter 5.4 of the Windows Agent User Guide at [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin Agents Doku/ Release Notes] (Documentation -> EN -> Windows Agent -> User Guide )
Click on the “Jobs” tab. Then click “Create new job for local system”. <br>
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
[[File:neuer job lokal.png|border|Create new job for local system]]<br>
==== How it works ====
<br>
The “Create new job” window opens.
[[File:Filebasierter-Job.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
Please first give the job a name. The name “BMR” (for Bare Metal Restore) is used in the example. <br>
The default encryption algorithm is AES 256 bit, which is considered very secure. <br>
<br>
'''''Then enter an encryption password (maximum 31 characters). Resetting an encryption password is not possible!''''' <br>
In the middle area you will find the directory structure that the agent transmits to the portal.<br>
Here you can easily select all the directories and folders you want to back up.<br>
In this example, the BMR and Entire Server options have been configured.<br>
This not only backs up the actual system files, but also the bootloader. This means you can restore an entire server later.<br>
With the “Bare Metal Restore” the entire ''c:\ system partition'' is backed up in addition to the data required for booting.<br>
On the right you will then see the backup set.<br>Objects marked with “+” are saved.<br>If you would like to exclude individual data from the backup, <br>
select the file and click “Exclude”. Objects marked with “-” are excluded from the backup. <br>
Confirm the setting by clicking on “Create job”. <br>
A window will then automatically open to configure the schedule. <br>
<span id="Imagebasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
==== Create image-based backup job ====


The Windows agent connects to the stored network share and saves the selected files. For authentication, a user must be provided with read and write permissions.
'''Requirement:''' <br>
==== Best Practice ====
The image plug-in must be installed on the system.
 
If the plug-in is not yet installed, you can run the agent setup again and use the "change" option to install the plug-in later.<br>
<pre style="color: green">
<br>
1. A UNC backup job should protect a maximum of 500,000 files or 1 TB of native data. If more data needs to be backed up, we recommend distributing it across several UNC backup jobs.
'''Create job:''' <br>
2. Since backing up a network share via a DFS namespace is not supported, we recommend backing up the server share directly without using the namespace.
In the backup portal, please select the image job under "Select job task" as shown in the following screenshot:
3. Recommended backup method for files stored on NAS systems (e.g. from Synology, QNAP).
[[File:Image Job erstellen 1.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Zeitplan"></span>
=== Schedule Recommendations ===
 
The schedule determines when a data backup should be started and with which retention type it should be saved. <br>
The following articles go into more detail about various recommended schedule configurations. <br>
<span id="Erneute_Sicherungsversuche"></span>
==== Renewed backup attempts ====
 
The “''Automatic restart for time-controlled backup''” function offers the option of restarting an incorrect or failed data backup. <br>
This can be particularly helpful if, for example, in the first backup attempt. B. a Microsoft VSS shadow copy cannot be created. <br>
We recommend waiting a few minutes between backup attempts so that e.g. B. Load peaks can be avoided. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Erneute Sicherungsversuche.png|800px|border]]
'''Configure job:''' <br>
<span id="Tägliche_und_monatliche_Sicherung"></span>
In this screenshot you can see an example configuration from an image job. In this, the “Bare Metal Restore” and “Entire Server” options were selected and included in the backup set. <br>
==== Daily and Monthly Backup ====
Instead of showing the file system, the agent only shows individual volumes. <br>
 
[[File:Image-Job-erstellen-1.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
This schedule runs one backup per day, using a Daily or Monthly retention type. <br>
The last calendar day uses the Monthly retention type, and all other days use the Daily retention type.<br>
The time was configured identically due to the priority, so that every day except the last calendar day, line 1 does not apply and line 2 must be checked. <br>
Since the conditions in line 2 are met on any other day, this is executed. <br>
This configuration prevents daily and monthly backups from being created on the last calendar day. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
'''Application Aware Backup' option:''' <br>
[[File:jobzeitplan.png|border|Create schedule|1000 px]]<br>
In addition to a BMR backup, this option also enables the transaction logs of a Microsoft SQL Server to be truncated and backed up.
<span id="Vier_tägliche_Sicherungen"></span>
In order to use this, you must provide the access data required for the SQL instance.
==== Four daily backups ====
We recommend not using this option and using your own SQL job for a comprehensive backup of a SQL instance.<br>
 
This schedule runs four backups per day, with retention type "4xDaily".<br>
The backup times were set at the beginning and end of the working day plus two additional backups within the working day. <br>
In the example configuration below, the backup is performed on the hour at 6 a.m., 9 a.m., 12 p.m. and 3 p.m.<br>
If the system data is changed 24/7, it is recommended to distribute it at equal intervals, e.g. E.g. 0/6/12/18<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
'''Entire Server' option:''' <br>
[[File:Benutzerdefinierter Zeitplan.png|none|300 px]] <br>
If you add this option to the backup set, all partitions (volumes) of a system will be included in the backup. This excludes removable storage media (e.g. external hard drives or USB sticks). Partitions (volumes) added later are automatically included; there is no need to adjust the configuration.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:4x-Daily.png|ohne|1000 px]]<br>
'''Note:''' <br>
<span id="Sicherung_von_Clients_mit_den_Windows-Sicherungsereignisauslösern"></span>
<pre style="color: red">For an image-based backup job, BMR protection is automatically provided by the "Entire Server" option, but in order to be able to offer a standard configuration for file- and image-based backup jobs, the option was changed BMR additionally added in the screenshot above. </pre style="color: red">
==== Backing up clients using the Windows backup event triggers ====  
<span id="Erweiterte_Agentenkonfiguration"></span>
=== Advanced Agent Configuration ===


Unlike a scheduled server backup, a client system's usage time can vary, making a fixed backup schedule less suitable. <br>
Individual settings can be configured for each computer. These include, for example: B. Mail notification and bandwidth limitation. <br>
The Windows backup event triggers, which start the data backup dynamically depending on the time of triggering, are suitable for these purposes. <br>
Go to “Computer” in the portal. Select a server and then click on “Advanced” to make specific settings. <br>
The following Windows events can be selected as triggers: <br>
[[File:Erweiterte Agentenkonfiguration.png|border|1500px|Overview of Advanced Agent Configuration]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Event:'''<br>
'''Options:'''<br>
'''1. Shutdown'''<br>
Under this point you can add a description to the system, for example: B. to store the ticket number in the description in a support case.<br>
Before the system is shut down or restarted, the user receives a message asking whether the data backup should be performed before shutdown. <br>
We recommend the option “Log errors and stop backup” for current Windows agents; this is the default setting after installation or update.<br>
The option "Log errors and continue backup" offers the advantage that backups can also be carried out if, for example, B. VSS problems can sometimes go through. <br>
The files not backed up in this job will result in an increased delta afterwards.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''2. Login'''<br>
'''Retention Types:'''<br>
A user login starts the data backup. <br>
The currently stored retention types are displayed here; after installation, "4xDaily", "Daily", "Monthly" and "Yearly" are stored by default.<br>
You can use this tab to create your own storage types, which you can then choose from in the schedule.<br>
When configuring, please note that 50 safe sets per job are included free of charge.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Backup vor dem Herunterfahren.png|border|ohne]]<br>
'''Notifications (agent side):'''<br>
As of August 2021, the “Notifications” tab is only available if an agent-side mail notification is already configured. <br>
This agent function has been replaced by the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Configure_notifications Notification via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal].<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Waiting time between backups:'''<br>
'''Enable agent-side notification manually:'''<br>
The triggering can be limited to once or twice a day, for example. B. If you restart multiple times, you won't be asked for a backup every time you restart.
If you want to continue using agent-side notification, you can configure it using the following steps. <br>
1. Stop the "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> services on the desired system.
2. Open the "global.vvc" file in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> installation directory.
3. Please add the following lines, if they are not present, after the curly braces of the "OpenFile" block:
  notification {
  MailOnError = True
  MailOnFailure = True
  MailOnSuccess = True
  }
4. Start the services "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> on the desired system.
5. Open the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and update your browser if necessary.
6. Complete the configuration using the “Notification” tab, which is now visible again.
<br>
<br>
[[File:Alternative_Backup_Trigger.png|border|900px|ohne]]
'''Performance:'''<br>
<span id="TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Stündliche_Sicherungen"></span>
Bandwidth limitation and execution priority can be configured under this point. <br>
==== TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: High Frequent Backup - Hourly backups ====
According to current knowledge, changing the execution priority has no noticeable effect, so we recommend keeping the default value.<br>
 
Bandwidth limitation is particularly recommended for weak connections during your customer's working hours.<br>
The High Frequency Backups feature enables hourly backups and thus an RPO of 60 minutes. <br>
At least 1.5 Mbps should be allocated for a backup.<br>
Hourly backups must be created with retention types [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Preconfigured_retention_types Retention Types "24-Hours" and "48-Hours"] using the "Intraday" schedule view. <br>
In the example shown below, all 50 safesets of the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Consumption_values_of_the_active_safe_sets inclusive quota] are scheduled. <br>
It was assumed that most changes to the data set are made between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.<br>
<br>
<br>
This schedule performs a total of eleven backups per day in the following distribution:
'''Agent log files:''' <br>
* Nine backups are performed hourly between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. with the retention type "24-Hours"
Under this tab you can view all global (cross-job) log files of the agent, which can be helpful for troubleshooting.<br>
* One backup at 8 p.m. with the retention type "Daily" or on the last calendar day "Monthly"
For example, log files of the BUAgent can be viewed; this service (TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent) is responsible for the agent's communication with the backup portal.<br>
<br />
<span id="Aktualisierung_des_Agenten"></span>
=== Agent Update ===
 
The TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent can be updated as follows:
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
'''Windows (manually):''' <br>
Please note that the hourly backups may only be used in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault. <br>
*Starting with agent version 8, the agent can be updated directly via the setup of the newer agent version.
*When you start a setup of a newer agent, you will be asked if you want to perform an update.
:[[Datei:Agent-Update.png|border|Update durchführen]]<br><br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
'''Windows (Agent Upgrade Center):''' <br>
# Please add a new line to your schedule using "Add schedule"
You can update multiple agents centrally via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. Instructions can be found at: <br>
# Select the "Intraday" schedule view for this line
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Agent_Upgrade_Center Agent Upgrade Center]
# Configure how often the high-frequency backup should back up within a day, e.g. every full hour between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. (see screenshot)
<span id="Wiederherstellung_eines_Backup-Jobs"></span>
# Confirm the configuration with "OK".
=== Restoring a Backup Job ===
# Finally, you can decide how long the data backups should be kept using the two new retention types available, 24-hours and 48-hours
 
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_File_Level_Job"></span>
==== Restore from a file-based backup ====
 
<br>
<br>
[[File:Untertägiger Zeitplan.png|framed|ohne]]
[[File:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|file-based recovery]] <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Full schedule:'''
You can use the calendar button to select the safe set from which you wish to restore data.<br>
[[File:Ohne Retries Zeitplanansicht.jpg|border|none|1200 px]]
Then, enter the job's encryption password.<br>
Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint.<br>
<br>
<br>
<span id="TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_10_Jahres_Aufbewahrung"></span>
You can select the folders and files to be restored using the checkboxes—choosing either entire folders or individual files.<br>
==== TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: 10 years retention ====
Clicking "Include" then adds them to the restoration process.<br>
 
The sample schedule shown below includes all 50 safesets of the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Consumption_values_of_the_active_safe_sets Included quota].<br>
It is assumed that all documents to be archived will be stored on the system and backed up by December 31st.
<br>
<br>
This schedule performs one data backup per day at 11:30 PM with the following retention types:
The search function allows you to look for specific files without having to manually locate the full file path.<br>
* Daily on all days of the month except the last day
This supports the wildcard characters * (representing any number of characters) and ? (for a single character).<br>
* Monthly on the last day of the month, from January to November
However, the question mark cannot be used for umlauts (ö, ä, ü).<br>
* Yearly on the last day of the year
'''Note on the Yearly Retention Type'''<br>
The "Yearly" retention type was added as the default retention type in February 2026.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Sample Schedule:''' <br>
Select the desired files and add them to the recovery operation by clicking "Include selected".<br>
[[Datei:Zeitplan + Archivfunktion.png|border|1000 px]]
To search for files in a specific folder within the backup, enter the desired path into the "Search path" field.<br>
<br>
<br>
<span id="Job_manuell_ausführen"></span>
When you include a folder in a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are included by default as well.<br>
===Run job manually ===
If you wish to recover only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the inclusion set.<br>
 
For example, it is possible to recover only files with the .doc or .docx extension from a folder.<br>
If you wish, you can also run jobs manually. <br>
[[File:manuell ausfuehren.png|1600px|border|Run job manually]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Click “Start Backup”. <br>
When you exclude a folder from a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are excluded by default as well.<br>
[[File:job ausfuehren.png|border|Run job]] <br>
If you wish to exclude only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the exclusion set.<br>
For instance, you can set a filter to exclude only files with the .exe extension within a folder from the recovery.<br>
<br>
<br>
Completed backup process: <br>
[[File:2 Nach Dateien suchen.png|border|Search for files]]<br>
[[File:Prozessdetails.png|border|Process Details]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Since the agent is able to compress, in this case only 14.27 GB of data was transferred and stored in the vault for a complete Windows Server 2025 VM. The original size of the system is 33.95 GB. <br>
You have the options to restore the files to the original location or to an alternative location. <br>
This is an initial backup, as 33.95 GB is also stored under Changed. <br>
If you decide to use an alternative storage location, you can use the folder button to select the desired storage location.<br>
We can also see under the “Jobs” tab that the backup process was completed successfully: <br>
You also have the options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite (this adds a numeric extension, e.g. .0001), rename incoming files and rename existing files.<br>
[[File:Erfolgreich abgeschlossen.png|border|Backup Status Completed Successfully]]<br>
<br />
<br>
<span id="Vorhandene_Daten_überschreiben"></span>
Further details can be viewed by clicking on “Completed” in the middle. <br>
==== Overwrite existing data ====
<span id="Zurückstellungsfunktion"></span>
=== Defering function ===


The deferral function allows you to split the initial backup into multiple backup stages. <br>
If you try to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select Overwrite Existing Files, only the last file restored will be retained.<br>
After the specified time window (e.g., 8 hours) has elapsed, an incomplete safeset is created. <br>
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to a recovered filename, select Do not overwrite existing files.<br>
The blocks not yet backed up are "deferred" and can be backed up in the next backup stage. <br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the restored file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
You will receive a warning at the end of the backup that the deferral is still active.<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
Please select the "Use deferral" option and specify a backup time window of at least 15 minutes to a maximum of 48 hours. <br>
Under no circumstances should you select the entire C: volume and let it overwrite the existing volume. This will result in serious damage to the system!
This function can be used for both manual and scheduled execution. <br>
[[Datei:Zurückstellung.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<p style="color: red"><br>
<br>
'''Important:''' <br>
A backup with an active deferral results in an incomplete backup. <br>
Restoring from a backup with active deferral can only be performed with a file-based job.
</p>
</p>
<span id="Vorhandene_Dateien_umbenennen"></span>
==== Rename existing files ====
To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to an existing filename, select Rename Existing Files. <br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the existing file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
The name of the restored file is still “filename.txt”. <br>
<br />
<span id="Erweiterte_Wiederherstellungsoptionen"></span>
==== Advanced Recovery Options ====
<br>
<br>
'''Recommendation:''' <br>
[[File:3 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced Recovery Options]]<br>
The deferral function can be used '''exclusively''' for the initial backup. You can select the deferral during manual execution or specify it in the schedule.
We recommend adding a reminder in the agent description that the deferral function is active in the schedule. After the first successful backup without deferral, you can remove the function from the schedule and the reminder from the agent description.
[[Datei:Zurückstellung im Zeitplan.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
The deferral can be used to split the initial backup or seed backup into multiple backup operations. You will receive a warning in the log file until the backup job has completed completely. For a BMR job, BMR protection is only provided after the first successful completion without deferral.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example:''' <br>
[[File:4 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced Recovery Options Part 2]]<br>
<br />
<span id="Optionen_für_gesperrte_Dateien"></span>
==== Locked File Options ====
 
When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name. <br>
To do this, select one of the following options:<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Day 1:''' <br>
*''' "Yes, overwrite locked files" '''<br>
The backup job is started with a deferral for the first time and completes the backup after a defined period of 8 hours, and Safeset 1 has been created. <br>
Files in the system that are locked during recovery will be overwritten with the recovered files upon reboot. This option must be enabled for system state or system volume restores. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Day 2:''' <br>
*''' "No, do not overwrite locked files" '''<br>
The backup is started again and creates Safeset 2 after 8 hours. <br>
Files in the system that are locked during recovery will not be overwritten with the recovered files with the same name upon reboot.
<br>
<br />
'''Day 3:'''<br>
==== Streams ====
On the third run, the backup job completes before the 8-hour period, Safeset 3 is created, and the seed backup is successfully completed. <br>
The status of the backup job changes from "Deferred with Warnings" to "OK". <br>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_eines_Backup-Jobs"></span>
== '''Restore a backup job''' ==
 
After backing up data from a system, you can select “Restore” under “Actions” in the backup jobs.
=== Windows ===
 
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_File_Level_Job"></span>
==== Restore from a file-based backup ====


When you run backups, information from your files is captured in different streams. <br>
The original data created by a user is called a data stream. <br>
Other information such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references and attributes are stored in separate streams. <br>
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options to choose from: <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|file-based recovery]] <br>
*'''"Restore all streams"''' <br>
Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.<br>
<br>
<br>
You can use the calendar button to select the safeset from which you want to restore the data. <br>
*'''"Restore data streams only"''' <br>
Enter the job's encryption password. The Hint button displays your password hint once clicked. <br>
Select this option for cross-platform restores. With this option, conflicts do not arise due to system-specific data streams.
The folders and files to be restored can be set using check boxes for complete folders or files and then included in the recovery using “Include”. <br>
With the search function it is possible to search for specific files without looking for the file path. <br>
The wildcard characters * (for any number of characters) and ? (for a single character). <br>
However, the question mark cannot be used for an umlaut (ö,ä,ü).<br>
Select the appropriate files and add them to the recovery by clicking “Include Selected”. <br>
To search for files in a specific backup folder, enter the desired path in the Search Path field. <br>
When you include a folder in a restore, the subdirectories and files in that folder are also included by default. <br>
If you only want to restore a portion of the subdirectories or files in a folder, you can add filters to the include record. <br>
It is also possible, for example, to add a filter to restore only files with .doc or .docx extensions in a folder. <br>
If you exclude a folder from a restore, the subdirectories and files in that folder are also excluded by default. <br>
If you only want to exclude a portion of the subdirectories or files in a folder, you can add filters to the exclude record. <br>
For example, you can add a filter to exclude only files with .exe extensions in a folder from recovery. <br>
<br>
[[File:2 Nach Dateien suchen.png|border|Search for files]]<br>
<br>
You have the options to restore the files to the original location or to an alternative location. <br>
If you decide to use an alternative storage location, you can use the folder button to select the desired storage location.<br>
You also have the options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite (this adds a numeric extension, e.g. .0001), rename incoming files and rename existing files.<br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Vorhandene_Daten_überschreiben"></span>
<span id="Protokolloptionen"></span>
==== Overwrite existing data ====
==== Protocol options ====


If you try to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select Overwrite Existing Files, only the last file restored will be retained.<br>
From the list, select one of the following logging levels:
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to a recovered filename, select Do not overwrite existing files.<br>
*Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files that are being restored. <br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the restored file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
*Directory: Provides less detailed information than the Files logging level. Provides information about folders that will be restored. <br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
*Summary: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version and backup size. <br>
Under no circumstances should you select the entire C: volume and let it overwrite the existing volume. This will result in serious damage to the system!
*Minimal: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version. <br>
</p>
Changing the logging level only affects log files that are created afterwards. Log files that have already been created are not affected by this change. <br>
<span id="Vorhandene_Dateien_umbenennen"></span>
==== Rename existing files ====
 
To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to an existing filename, select Rename Existing Files. <br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the existing file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
The name of the restored file is still “filename.txt”. <br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Erweiterte_Wiederherstellungsoptionen"></span>
<span id="Leistungsoptionen"></span>
==== Advanced Recovery Options ====
==== Performance options ====


<br>
To use all available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth." <br>
[[File:3 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced Recovery Options]]<br>
Bandwidth throttling determines how much bandwidth an agent can consume for backups and restores.<br>
<br>
For example, you can limit traffic so that online users are not impacted and allow unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or restores can occur as quickly as possible. <br>
[[File:4 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced Recovery Options Part 2]]<br>
Bandwidth throttling values are set at the machine (or agent) level and apply to backups and restores. <br>
When three jobs are running simultaneously on a computer, each job receives 1/3 of the specified maximum bandwidth. <br>
Possible bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent is allowed to consume for all backups and restores. <br>
Period of time during the day when throttling is activated. Only one time window can be specified. <br>
There is no throttling outside the time window. The days of the week that throttling is enabled. <br>
Once the bandwidth throttling window begins during an ongoing backup or restore, the maximum bandwidth is dynamically applied to the running process. <br>
If the throttling window ends while a backup or restore is in progress, bandwidth throttling is removed. <br>
If you change an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or restore is in progress, the new settings do not affect the ongoing process. <br>
The bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or restore starts and are not changed afterwards. <br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Optionen_für_gesperrte_Dateien"></span>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_anderen_Computer_(filebasiert)"></span>
==== Locked File Options ====
==== Restore from another computer (file based) ====


When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name. <br>
It is possible to restore some or all of the data backed up on one computer to another computer with the same characteristics. <br>
To do this, select one of the following options:<br>
To restore the data from another computer, you can redirect the data from a backup job in the Vault to another computer.<br>
If the data was backed up with a plug-in, the same plug-in and the corresponding installation (e.g. Microsoft SQL) must also be present on the target computer. <br>
The new computer then downloads information from the vault to restore the data to the new computer. <br>
''Example: Computer A backs up its data with Job A, Computer B restores Job A's data (Computer A's data) to Computer B.'' <br>
<br>
<br>
*''' "Yes, overwrite locked files" '''<br>
[[File:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|recover from another computer]] <br>
Files in the system that are locked during recovery will be overwritten with the recovered files upon reboot. This option must be enabled for system state or system volume restores. <br>
<br>
<br>
*''' "No, do not overwrite locked files" '''<br>
[[File:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|recovery]] <br>
Files in the system that are locked during recovery will not be overwritten with the recovered files with the same name upon reboot.
<br />
<br />
==== Streams ====
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einer_imagebasierten_Sicherung"></span>
==== Restore from an image-based backup ====


When you run backups, information from your files is captured in different streams. <br>
The original data created by a user is called a data stream. <br>
Other information such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references and attributes are stored in separate streams. <br>
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options to choose from: <br>
<br>
<br>
*'''"Restore all streams"''' <br>
[[File:6 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|Select items to restore]] <br>
Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.<br>
<br>
<br>
*'''"Restore data streams only"''' <br>
You can choose whether you want to restore a complete partition or individual files or folders. <br>
Select this option for cross-platform restores. With this option, conflicts do not arise due to system-specific data streams.
Select the manufacturing you want and click “Configure Source Next”. <br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Protokolloptionen"></span>
<span id="Volumewiederherstellung"></span>
==== Protocol options ====
==== Volume Recovery ====


From the list, select one of the following logging levels:
<br>
*Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files that are being restored. <br>
[[File:8 Wiederherstellung BMR Image.png|border|Recovery]]<br>
*Directory: Provides less detailed information than the Files logging level. Provides information about folders that will be restored. <br>
<br>
*Summary: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version and backup size. <br>
Select the desired volume to be restored. <br>
*Minimal: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version. <br>
<br>
Changing the logging level only affects log files that are created afterwards. Log files that have already been created are not affected by this change. <br>
[[File:9 Select Volume.png|border|Select Volume]]<br>
<br />
<br>
<span id="Leistungsoptionen"></span>
Next, select an existing volume to restore to. <br>
==== Performance options ====
Click “OK” and then click “Run Restore” to start the restore process. <br>
<br>
<span id="Dateien-_oder_Ordnerwiederherstellung"></span>
==== File or folder recovery ====


To use all available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth." <br>
<br>
Bandwidth throttling determines how much bandwidth an agent can consume for backups and restores.<br>
[[File:10 Restore auf Volume.png|border|Restore to Volume]]<br>
For example, you can limit traffic so that online users are not impacted and allow unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or restores can occur as quickly as possible. <br>
<br>
Bandwidth throttling values are set at the machine (or agent) level and apply to backups and restores. <br>
Select the volume from which individual files or folders should be restored and assign a valid drive letter. (Please do not use A & B) <br>
When three jobs are running simultaneously on a computer, each job receives 1/3 of the specified maximum bandwidth. <br>
Now click on “Mount Volumes”. The backed up volume is mounted on the affected agent and you can restore the required files or folders to a local volume by dragging and dropping them. <br>
Possible bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent is allowed to consume for all backups and restores. <br>
Under “Duration of inactivity”, set a generous time limit for how long the drive should be mounted. By default we recommend the value 60 minutes.<br>
Period of time during the day when throttling is activated. Only one time window can be specified. <br>
There is no throttling outside the time window. The days of the week that throttling is enabled. <br>
Once the bandwidth throttling window begins during an ongoing backup or restore, the maximum bandwidth is dynamically applied to the running process. <br>
If the throttling window ends while a backup or restore is in progress, bandwidth throttling is removed. <br>
If you change an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or restore is in progress, the new settings do not affect the ongoing process. <br>
The bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or restore starts and are not changed afterwards. <br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_anderen_Computer_(filebasiert)"></span>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_anderen_Computer_(imagebasiert)"></span>
==== Restore from another computer (file based) ====
==== Restore from another computer (image based) ====


It is possible to restore some or all of the data backed up on one computer to another computer with the same characteristics. <br>
You can restore successfully backed up data to another computer with the same agent configuration. <br>
To restore the data from another computer, you can redirect the data from a backup job in the Vault to another computer.<br>
To do this, you can transfer/copy existing backup jobs in the Vault to another computer. <br>
If the data was backed up with a plug-in, the same plug-in and the corresponding installation (e.g. Microsoft SQL) must also be present on the target computer. <br>
Since an image job is a plugin job, the image plugin must exist on the target agent. <br>
The new computer then downloads information from the vault to restore the data to the new computer. <br>
''Example: Computer A backs up its data with Job A, Computer B restores Job A's data (Computer A's data) to Computer B.'' <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|recover from another computer]] <br>
''Example: Computer A is down/no longer in use, but now you need to restore data from Computer A. To do this, copy the job from computer A to computer B to perform a restore.'' <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|recovery]] <br>
Select Computer B in the backup portal. <br>
<br />
From the Select Job Task menu, click Restore from Another Computer. <br>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einer_imagebasierten_Sicherung"></span>
The Restore from Another Computer dialog box opens. <br>
==== Restore from an image-based backup ====
[[File:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|recover from another computer]]<br>
 
<br>
In the "Vaults" list, select the vault in which the backup of Computer A was stored. If the restore is to be carried out across vaults, the agent must first be registered with the source vault. <br>
Once the correct vault is selected, you will find Computer A in the Computers tab. <br>
After computer A is selected, you will find its job in the Jobs tab. <br>
Confirm with OK once a selection has been made. <br>
The portal attempts to download required job information to Computer B. Once these are downloaded, the job will appear in Computer B's Jobs tab. <br>
A recovery process will start automatically. Once you have selected the desired restore here and entered the encryption password to decrypt required information, you can proceed with a normal image-based restore. <br>
[[File:Image Auswahl.PNG|border| Selecting the recovery type]] <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:6 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|Select items to restore]] <br>
[[File:12 Verschluesselungskennwort.png|border|Password is required]]<br>
<br>
<br>
You can choose whether you want to restore a complete partition or individual files or folders. <br>
If an error occurs while downloading the job information, the restore cannot continue. <br>
Select the manufacturing you want and click “Configure Source Next”. <br>
This can happen if the job information is not available or a required plugin is not installed on the target computer. <br>
<br />
Make sure the required plugin is installed on the target computer before repeating the process. (Change installation via Agent Setup or via the "Select job task" action) <br>
<span id="Volumewiederherstellung"></span>
=== Bare Metal Restore ===
==== Volume Recovery ====
 
A "bare metal restore" is a complete restoration of a backed up system, including all components required for the boot process (e.g. the bootloader). <br>
<span id="Disaster_Recovery_Möglichkeiten"></span>
==== Disaster recovery options ====


The following flow chart shows you possible workflows and recommendations for action for various ''[[DRaaS/en|Disaster Recovery]]'' scenarios. <br>
<span id="Treiber_eines_gesicherten_Systems_exportieren"></span>
==== Export drivers of a secured system ====
You can export all drivers of a system using the following instructions:
# Create a directory in which the drivers should be stored, e.g. (C:\Drivers)
# Run this command with administrative permission in CMD:
dism /online /export-driver /destination:"C:\Driver"
You can add the exported drivers when creating a new restore iso.
If complications arise during a BMR test restore, we recommend exporting the drivers of the protected system as described above and adding them to the restore ISO.
Please keep this ISO or drivers separately.
<span id="Restore_ISO_erzeugen"></span>
==== Create Restore ISO ====
To perform a bare-metal restore, you need a restore ISO (.iso file).
The restore ISO is based on Windows PE and includes the recovery software for the TERRA CLOUD backup solution; this software launches automatically once the system boots from the ISO.
You can create this ISO yourself and use it for the bare-metal restore of all your systems.<br>
<br>
'''Download:''' <br>
Please download the Bootable Media Creator from the backup portal. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:8 Wiederherstellung BMR Image.png|border|Recovery]]<br>
'''Installation:''' <br>
<br>
Install the Bootable Media Creator; this also requires the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK).<br>
Select the desired volume to be restored. <br>
The Bootable Media Creator setup guides you through the installation of the ADK components by default. <br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-1.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[File:9 Select Volume.png|border|Select Volume]]<br>
<br>
Next, select an existing volume to restore to. <br>
Click “OK” and then click “Run Restore” to start the restore process. <br>
<br>
<br>
<span id="Dateien-_oder_Ordnerwiederherstellung"></span>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-2.png|700px|border]]<br>
==== File or folder recovery ====
 
<br>
<br>
[[File:10 Restore auf Volume.png|border|Restore to Volume]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-3.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Select the volume from which individual files or folders should be restored and assign a valid drive letter. (Please do not use A & B) <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-4.png|700px|border]]<br>
Now click on “Mount Volumes”. The backed up volume is mounted on the affected agent and you can restore the required files or folders to a local volume by dragging and dropping them. <br>
<br>
Under “Duration of inactivity”, set a generous time limit for how long the drive should be mounted. By default we recommend the value 60 minutes.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-5.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br />
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_anderen_Computer_(imagebasiert)"></span>
==== Restore from another computer (image based) ====
 
You can restore successfully backed up data to another computer with the same agent configuration. <br>
To do this, you can transfer/copy existing backup jobs in the Vault to another computer. <br>
Since an image job is a plugin job, the image plugin must exist on the target agent. <br>
<br>
<br>
''Example: Computer A is down/no longer in use, but now you need to restore data from Computer A. To do this, copy the job from computer A to computer B to perform a restore.'' <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-6.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Select Computer B in the backup portal. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-7.png|700px|border]]<br>
From the Select Job Task menu, click Restore from Another Computer. <br>
The Restore from Another Computer dialog box opens. <br>
[[File:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|recover from another computer]]<br>
<br>
<br>
In the "Vaults" list, select the vault in which the backup of Computer A was stored. If the restore is to be carried out across vaults, the agent must first be registered with the source vault. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-8.png|700px|border]]<br>
Once the correct vault is selected, you will find Computer A in the Computers tab. <br>
After computer A is selected, you will find its job in the Jobs tab. <br>
Confirm with OK once a selection has been made. <br>
The portal attempts to download required job information to Computer B. Once these are downloaded, the job will appear in Computer B's Jobs tab. <br>
A recovery process will start automatically. Once you have selected the desired restore here and entered the encryption password to decrypt required information, you can proceed with a normal image-based restore. <br>
[[File:Image Auswahl.PNG|border| Selecting the recovery type]] <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:12 Verschluesselungskennwort.png|border|Password is required]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-9.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
If an error occurs while downloading the job information, the restore cannot continue. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-10.png|700px|border]]<br>
This can happen if the job information is not available or a required plugin is not installed on the target computer. <br>
<br>
Make sure the required plugin is installed on the target computer before repeating the process. (Change installation via Agent Setup or via the "Select job task" action) <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-11.png|700px|border]]<br>
=== Linux ===
<br>
 
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-12.png|700px|border]]<br>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_File_Level_Job"></span>
<br>
==== Recovery from a file-level job ====
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-13.png|700px|border]]<br>
 
[[Datei:1 Linux-Wiederherstellung.png|border|filebasierte Wiederherstellung]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Use the calendar button to select the safeset from which you wish to restore data. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-14.png|700px|border]]<br>
Enter the job's encryption password. Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint. <br>
You can select the folders and files to be restored using checkboxes and then include them in the recovery process by clicking "Include". <br>
The search function allows you to search for specific files without having to look up the file path. <br>
Wildcard characters are supported: * (for any number of characters) and ? (for a single character). <br>
However, the question mark cannot be used for a German umlaut (ö, ä, ü). <br>
Select the relevant files and add them to the recovery selection by clicking "Include selected". <br>
To search for files within a specific folder in the backup, enter the desired path in the "Search path" field. <br>
When you include a folder in a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also included by default. <br>
If you wish to restore only a portion of the subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the inclusion set. <br>
For example, you can add a filter to restore only files with a .txt or .log extension from a folder. <br>
When you exclude a folder from a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also excluded by default. <br>
If you wish to exclude only specific subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the exclusion set. <br>
For example, you can add a filter to exclude only files with the .sh extension within a folder from the restore process. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:2 Linux-Nach Dateien suchen.png|border|Nach Dateien suchen]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-15.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
You have the option to restore the files to their original location or to an alternative location. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-16.png|700px|border]]<br>
If you choose an alternative location, you can select the desired destination using the folder button.<br>
You also have options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite them (in which case a numeric extension, e.g., .0001, is added), rename incoming files, or rename existing files.<br>
<br />
<span id="Vorhandene_Daten_überschreiben"></span>
===== Overwrite existing data =====
 
If you attempt to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select the option to overwrite existing files, only the last file restored will be retained.<br>
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to a restored filename, select the option not to overwrite existing files.<br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension (such as "filename.txt.0001") will be added to the restored filename.<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
Do not, under any circumstances, select the entire root volume and allow it to overwrite the existing volume. Doing so will cause severe system corruption!
</p>
<span id="Vorhandene_Dateien_umbenennen"></span>
===== Rename existing files =====
 
To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to an existing filename, select "Rename existing files." <br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension is added to the existing filename (e.g., "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
The name of the restored file remains "filename.txt". <br>
<br />
<span id="Erweiterte_Wiederherstellungsoptionen"></span>
===== Advanced recovery options =====
 
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:3 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced recovery options]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-17.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:4 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced recovery options Part 2]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-18.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br />
<span id="Optionen_für_gesperrte_Dateien"></span>
===== Options for locked files =====
 
When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name. <br>
To do this, select one of the following options:<br>
<br>
<br>
*''' "Yes, overwrite locked files" '''<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-19.png|700px|border]]<br>
System files that are locked during the restore process will be overwritten by the restored files upon restart. This option must be enabled for System State or system volume restores. <br>
<br>
<br>
*''' "No, do not overwrite locked files" '''<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-20.png|700px|border]]<br>
System files that are locked during the restore process will not be overwritten by the restored files with the same name upon restart.
<br>
<br />
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-21.png|700px|border]]<br>
===== Streams =====
<br>
 
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-22.png|700px|border]]<br>
When performing backups, information from your files is captured in various streams. <br>
<br>
The original data created by a user is referred to as the data stream. <br>
The image can be created very easily after installation. <br>
Other information—such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references, and attributes—is stored in separate streams. <br>
First, launch the Bootable Media Creator and simply select a destination directory at the bottom. <br>
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options: <br>
[[Datei:Build Image.png|700px|border|Create new Image]]<br>
<br>
In this step, you can add drivers exported via [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Export_drivers_of_a_secured_system Exporting drivers] by selecting the driver directory using the "add" button.<br>
Now click "Continue" to create the image. <br>
[[Datei:Add Drivers.PNG|border|Treiber hinzufügen]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-23.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-24.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
*'''"Restore all streams"''' <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-25.png|700px|border]]<br>
Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.<br>
<br>
<br>
*'''"Restore data streams only"''' <br>
The image can now, for example, be burned to a CD or attached to a virtual machine. <br>
Select this option for cross-platform restores. This option avoids conflicts caused by system-specific data streams.
<br />
<br />
<span id="Protokolloptionen"></span>
<span id="Restore_durchführen"></span>
===== Protocol Options =====
==== Perform restore ====


Select one of the following logging levels from the list:
The following instructions demonstrate a typical BMR restore within a virtual machine.<br>
*Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files being restored. <br>
The BMR restore ISO must be mounted to the virtual machine beforehand.<br>
*Directory: Provides less detailed information than the "Files" logging level. Provides information about folders being restored. <br>
Legacy network adapters must be used for both VMware and Hyper-V.<br>
*Summary: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version and backup size. <br>
After restarting the machine, you must connect to it via the console.<br>
*Minimal: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version. <br>
The following screen will then appear:<br>
Changing the logging level affects only log files created after the change. Existing log files are not affected by this change. <br>
[[Datei:Press_any_key_to_boot_from_CD_or_DVD.PNG|border|800px|boot from CD or DVD]]<br>
<br />
<br>
<span id="Leistungsoptionen"></span>
First, configure the time zone and desired language, then click "Next".<br>
===== Performance Options =====
[[Datei:Restore sprache.jpg|border|Select language]]<br>
 
<br>
To use the entire available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth." <br>
In the next window, accept the license terms and click "Next".<br>
Bandwidth throttling determines the amount of bandwidth an agent is permitted to use for backups and recoveries.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-01.png|border]]<br>
For example, you can limit data traffic to avoid impacting online users, while allowing unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or recoveries can complete as quickly as possible. <br>
<br>
Bandwidth throttling values ​​are configured at the computer (or agent) level and apply to both backups and recoveries. <br>
By default, the "System Restore" process obtains an IP address from a DHCP server.<br>
If three jobs run simultaneously on a computer, each job receives one-third of the specified maximum bandwidth. <br>
If no DHCP server is available, or if you wish to assign the IP address manually, click "Settings" in the main menu.<br>
Available bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent may use for all backups and recoveries. <br>
Select the network interface and then click "Properties". Assign an IP address and confirm by clicking "Apply". <br>
Daytime period during which throttling is active. Only one time window can be specified. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-02.png|border]]<br>
No throttling occurs outside this time window. The days of the week on which throttling is active. <br>
<br>
If the bandwidth throttling time window begins while a backup or recovery is in progress, the maximum bandwidth limit is dynamically applied to the running process. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-03.png|border]]<br>
If the throttling time window ends while a backup or recovery is in progress, bandwidth throttling is lifted. <br>
<br>
If you modify an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or recovery is running, the new settings do not affect the active process. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-04.png|border]]<br>
Bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or recovery starts and are not modified subsequently. <br>
<br>
<br />
We recommend subsequently pinging the vault via the command prompt to ensure it is reachable.<br>
<span id="Alternative_statische_IP_bei_einer_BMR-Rücksicherung_vergeben"></span>
The command prompt can then be minimized so that it remains available for further adjustments (e.g., diskpart) during the rest of the restore process if needed.
==== Assign alternative static IP for a BMR restore ====
<br>
 
<br>
By default, a BMR restore restores the original network configuration. <br>
To perform a restore operation, click "Restore My System" in the main menu. Click "Next" in the wizard. <br>
If you would like to assign an alternative configuration, for example to carry out a test restore, we recommend starting the system without network access first. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-05.png|border]]<br>
With a Hyper-V, for example, you could initially boot into the recovery ISO without a connected external vSwitch. After adjusting the network configuration, you can connect the VM to the vSwitch. This ensures that the system never goes online with the old IP address.
<br>
Please follow these steps to adjust the network configuration before restoring:
On the following page, enter your vault (data storage) details and confirm by clicking "Next". The system restore process will now attempt to establish a connection to the vault. <br>
#Boot into the Restore ISO and initiate the restore until the step where you are asked to run ''./bmragent''.
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-06.png|border]]<br>
#Find the name and configuration of the network interface using ''ip address show''
#Take the interface offline by e.g. ''ip link set name of network interface down''
#Delete the old IP address that you determined in the first step, e.g. ''ip address del 172.29.4.24/22 dev name of the network interface''
#Configure a new IP address using, for example, the following command ''ip address add 172.29.4.29/22 dev name of the network interface''
#Take the network interface back online after customization
#Finally, configure the default gateway using, for example, ''ip route del default'' and then ''ip route add default via 172.29.4.1 dev name of the network interface''
In this screenshot you can see an example of step 1 from the instructions:
[[File:Linux BMR.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
== '''Bare Metal Restore''' ==
 
A "bare metal restore" is a complete restoration of a backed up system, including all components required for the boot process (e.g. the bootloader). <br>
<span id="Disaster_Recovery_Möglichkeiten"></span>
=== Disaster recovery options ===
 
The following flow chart shows you possible workflows and recommendations for action for various ''[[DRaaS/en|Disaster Recovery]]'' scenarios. <br>
<span id="Treiber_eines_gesicherten_Systems_exportieren"></span>
=== Export drivers of a secured system ===
 
You can export all drivers of a system using the following instructions:
# Create a directory in which the drivers should be stored, e.g. (C:\Drivers)
# Run this command with administrative permission in CMD:
dism /online /export-driver /destination:"C:\Driver"
You can add the exported drivers when creating a new restore iso.
If complications arise during a BMR test restore, we recommend exporting the drivers of the protected system as described above and adding them to the restore ISO.
Please keep this ISO or drivers separately.
 
<span id="Restore_ISO_erzeugen"></span>
=== Create Restore ISO ===
 
To perform a bare-metal restore, you need a restore ISO (.iso file).
The restore ISO is based on Windows PE and includes the recovery software for the TERRA CLOUD backup solution; this software launches automatically once the system boots from the ISO.
You can create this ISO yourself and use it for the bare-metal restore of all your systems.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Download:''' <br>
On the following page, you will see all computers associated with your account. Select the computer you wish to restore. Then click "Next". <br>
Please download the Bootable Media Creator from the backup portal. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-07.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Installation:''' <br>
On the following page, you will see all backup jobs associated with this computer. Select the job you wish to restore. Then click "Next". <br>
Install the Bootable Media Creator; this also requires the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK).<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-08.png|border]]<br>
The Bootable Media Creator setup guides you through the installation of the ADK components by default. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-1.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-2.png|700px|border]]<br>
In the next step, you can select which safeset to restore. Select the desired safeset and then click "Next". <br>
Next, enter the encryption password and click OK to confirm. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-09.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-3.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-10.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-4.png|700px|border]]<br>
In the next step, you can select the volumes to be restored.<br>
You can drag the individual partitions down into the "Destination" field or use the AutoMap button. <br>
Then click "Next". <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-5.png|700px|border]]<br>
Note:<br>
You can only drag down the light blue partitions; the gray partitions are created automatically.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-11.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-6.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-12.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-7.png|700px|border]]<br>
In the final step, you can review the settings. Then, check the box next to "Click here to confirm the restore plan" and click "Next". <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-13.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-8.png|700px|border]]<br>
The restore process begins. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-14.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-9.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-15.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-10.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-16.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-11.png|700px|border]]<br>
Once the restore process has successfully completed, click "Next" to close the window and launch the Repair Wizard. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-17.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-12.png|700px|border]]<br>
Here, you can check whether any software components requiring an additional driver have been detected.<br>
If the status is "OK" and a green checkmark is visible for each item, you can close the wizard by clicking **Close**.
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-13.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-18.png|border]]<br>
== '''Linux Agent''' ==
 
<span id="Dokumentation_Linux_Agent"></span>
=== Documentation Linux Agent ===
 
You can find extensive documentation and further information in [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin/Documentation%20and%20Release%20Notes/Documentation/DE/Linux%20Agent%20and%20Oracle%20Plug-in%20v9.2%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf?inline Linux Agent User Guide].
<span id="Vorbereitung_der_Installation_für_eine_Bare_Metal_Sicherung"></span>
=== Preparing the installation for a bare metal backup ===
 
The bare metal backup of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent requires the software [https://relax-and-recover.org Relax and Recover], in a supported version, on the system to be backed up.<br>
We recommend installing the software via the package manager of the respective distribution and, if necessary, updating it to the supported version. <br>
The currently supported version of Relax and Recover can be found in the release notes of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-14.png|700px|border]]<br>
<font color="red">Please note that TERRA CLOUD cannot provide support for the installation or commissioning of the Relax and Recover software.</font>
=== Installation ===
 
'''Step 1:''' Please download the TERRA Backup Agent. <br>
To do so, log in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and copy the link address of the required agent (32 or 64 bit) from the download area. <br>
Please download the agent setup, e.g., using the ''wget'' command and the copied link address.
[[Datei:Linux-Agent-Download.png|ohne]]  
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-15.png|700px|border]]<br>
'''Step 2:''' Please unpack the archive with ''tar -xzvf PACKAGE-NAME.tar.gz''. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent unzip-2neu.png|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-16.png|700px|border]]<br>
'''Step 3:''' Please then change to the unzipped agent directory and start the installer shell script using ''./install.sh''
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-17.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent install.sh.png|1500px|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-18.png|700px|border]]<br>
'''Step 4:''' Please first read and confirm the license agreement and follow the instructions of the installation wizard to configure the installation. <br>
In the screenshot of the example installation, the default settings for the following queries have been selected:
#Installation directory ''/opt/BUAgent''
#Language Email notification ''(deprecated agent email notification)''
#Encryption method
You can accept the default values ​​by confirming the queries with ENTER. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent Installation.png|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-19.png|700px|border]]<br>
'''Step 5:''' Please indicate whether a Bare Metal Restore backup is desired. <br>
If you answer YES, please note that a supported version of [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Preparing_the_installation_for_a_bare_metal_backup Relax and Recover] must already be installed on the system. <br>
The default value for the Relax and Recover directory is ''/usr/sbin/rear''. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent enable BMR.png|ohne]]
'''Step 6:''' Please register the Linux Agent on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal: <br>
#Portal address = backup.terracloud.de
#Portal connection port = 8086 ''(default value)''
#Portal username = [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_user User] of the end customer's site
#Portal password = Password of the user on the end customer's site
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-20.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent Portal Registrierung.png|ohne]]
'''Step 7:''' Please check the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal to see if the Agent has been successfully registered on your end customer's site. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent im Portal.png|ohne]]
<span id="Wiederherstellung_eines_Backup-Jobs"></span>
=== Restore a backup job ===
 
After backing up data from a system, you can select “Restore” under “Actions” in the backup jobs.
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_File_Level_Job"></span>
===== Recovery from a file-level job =====
 
[[Datei:1 Linux-Wiederherstellung.png|border|filebasierte Wiederherstellung]] <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-21.png|700px|border]]<br>
Use the calendar button to select the safeset from which you wish to restore data. <br>
Enter the job's encryption password. Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint. <br>
You can select the folders and files to be restored using checkboxes and then include them in the recovery process by clicking "Include". <br>
The search function allows you to search for specific files without having to look up the file path. <br>
Wildcard characters are supported: * (for any number of characters) and ? (for a single character). <br>
However, the question mark cannot be used for a German umlaut (ö, ä, ü). <br>
Select the relevant files and add them to the recovery selection by clicking "Include selected". <br>
To search for files within a specific folder in the backup, enter the desired path in the "Search path" field. <br>
When you include a folder in a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also included by default. <br>
If you wish to restore only a portion of the subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the inclusion set. <br>
For example, you can add a filter to restore only files with a .txt or .log extension from a folder. <br>
When you exclude a folder from a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also excluded by default. <br>
If you wish to exclude only specific subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the exclusion set. <br>
For example, you can add a filter to exclude only files with the .sh extension within a folder from the restore process. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-22.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:2 Linux-Nach Dateien suchen.png|border|Nach Dateien suchen]]<br>
<br>
<br>
The image can be created very easily after installation. <br>
You have the option to restore the files to their original location or to an alternative location. <br>
First, launch the Bootable Media Creator and simply select a destination directory at the bottom. <br>
If you choose an alternative location, you can select the desired destination using the folder button.<br>
[[Datei:Build Image.png|700px|border|Create new Image]]<br>
You also have options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite them (in which case a numeric extension, e.g., .0001, is added), rename incoming files, or rename existing files.<br>
<br>
<br />
In this step, you can add drivers exported via [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Export_drivers_of_a_secured_system Exporting drivers] by selecting the driver directory using the "add" button.<br>
<span id="Vorhandene_Daten_überschreiben"></span>
Now click "Continue" to create the image. <br>
===== Overwrite existing data =====
[[Datei:Add Drivers.PNG|border|Treiber hinzufügen]]<br>
 
<br>
If you attempt to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select the option to overwrite existing files, only the last file restored will be retained.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-23.png|700px|border]]<br>
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to a restored filename, select the option not to overwrite existing files.<br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension (such as "filename.txt.0001") will be added to the restored filename.<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
Do not, under any circumstances, select the entire root volume and allow it to overwrite the existing volume. Doing so will cause severe system corruption!
</p>
<span id="Vorhandene_Dateien_umbenennen"></span>
===== Rename existing files =====
 
To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to an existing filename, select "Rename existing files." <br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension is added to the existing filename (e.g., "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
The name of the restored file remains "filename.txt". <br>
<br />
<span id="Erweiterte_Wiederherstellungsoptionen"></span>
===== Advanced recovery options =====
 
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-24.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:3 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced recovery options]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-25.png|700px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:4 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced recovery options Part 2]]<br>
<br>
The image can now, for example, be burned to a CD or attached to a virtual machine. <br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Restore_durchführen"></span>
<span id="Optionen_für_gesperrte_Dateien"></span>
=== Perform restore ===
===== Options for locked files =====


The following instructions demonstrate a typical BMR restore within a virtual machine.<br>
When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name. <br>
The BMR restore ISO must be mounted to the virtual machine beforehand.<br>
To do this, select one of the following options:<br>
Legacy network adapters must be used for both VMware and Hyper-V.<br>
<br>
After restarting the machine, you must connect to it via the console.<br>
*''' "Yes, overwrite locked files" '''<br>
The following screen will then appear:<br>
System files that are locked during the restore process will be overwritten by the restored files upon restart. This option must be enabled for System State or system volume restores. <br>
[[Datei:Press_any_key_to_boot_from_CD_or_DVD.PNG|border|800px|boot from CD or DVD]]<br>
<br>
<br>
First, configure the time zone and desired language, then click "Next".<br>
*''' "No, do not overwrite locked files" '''<br>
[[Datei:Restore sprache.jpg|border|Select language]]<br>
System files that are locked during the restore process will not be overwritten by the restored files with the same name upon restart.
<br />
===== Streams =====
 
When performing backups, information from your files is captured in various streams. <br>
The original data created by a user is referred to as the data stream. <br>
Other information—such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references, and attributes—is stored in separate streams. <br>
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options: <br>
<br>
<br>
In the next window, accept the license terms and click "Next".<br>
*'''"Restore all streams"''' <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-01.png|border]]<br>
Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.<br>
<br>
<br>
By default, the "System Restore" process obtains an IP address from a DHCP server.<br>
*'''"Restore data streams only"''' <br>
If no DHCP server is available, or if you wish to assign the IP address manually, click "Settings" in the main menu.<br>
Select this option for cross-platform restores. This option avoids conflicts caused by system-specific data streams.
Select the network interface and then click "Properties". Assign an IP address and confirm by clicking "Apply". <br>
<br />
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-02.png|border]]<br>
<span id="Protokolloptionen"></span>
<br>
===== Protocol Options =====
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-03.png|border]]<br>
 
<br>
Select one of the following logging levels from the list:
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-04.png|border]]<br>
*Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files being restored. <br>
<br>
*Directory: Provides less detailed information than the "Files" logging level. Provides information about folders being restored. <br>
We recommend subsequently pinging the vault via the command prompt to ensure it is reachable.<br>
*Summary: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version and backup size. <br>
The command prompt can then be minimized so that it remains available for further adjustments (e.g., diskpart) during the rest of the restore process if needed.
*Minimal: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version. <br>
<br>
Changing the logging level affects only log files created after the change. Existing log files are not affected by this change. <br>
<br>
<br />
To perform a restore operation, click "Restore My System" in the main menu. Click "Next" in the wizard. <br>
<span id="Leistungsoptionen"></span>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-05.png|border]]<br>
===== Performance Options =====
<br>
 
On the following page, enter your vault (data storage) details and confirm by clicking "Next". The system restore process will now attempt to establish a connection to the vault. <br>
To use the entire available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth." <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-06.png|border]]<br>
Bandwidth throttling determines the amount of bandwidth an agent is permitted to use for backups and recoveries.<br>
<br>
For example, you can limit data traffic to avoid impacting online users, while allowing unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or recoveries can complete as quickly as possible. <br>
On the following page, you will see all computers associated with your account. Select the computer you wish to restore. Then click "Next". <br>
Bandwidth throttling values ​​are configured at the computer (or agent) level and apply to both backups and recoveries. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-07.png|border]]<br>
If three jobs run simultaneously on a computer, each job receives one-third of the specified maximum bandwidth. <br>
<br>
Available bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent may use for all backups and recoveries. <br>
On the following page, you will see all backup jobs associated with this computer. Select the job you wish to restore. Then click "Next". <br>
Daytime period during which throttling is active. Only one time window can be specified. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-08.png|border]]<br>
No throttling occurs outside this time window. The days of the week on which throttling is active. <br>
<br>
If the bandwidth throttling time window begins while a backup or recovery is in progress, the maximum bandwidth limit is dynamically applied to the running process. <br>
In the next step, you can select which safeset to restore. Select the desired safeset and then click "Next". <br>
If the throttling time window ends while a backup or recovery is in progress, bandwidth throttling is lifted. <br>
Next, enter the encryption password and click OK to confirm. <br>
If you modify an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or recovery is running, the new settings do not affect the active process. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-09.png|border]]<br>
Bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or recovery starts and are not modified subsequently. <br>
<br>
<br />
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-10.png|border]]<br>
 
<br>
<span id="Alternative_statische_IP_bei_einer_BMR-Rücksicherung_vergeben"></span>
In the next step, you can select the volumes to be restored.<br>
=== Assign alternative static IP for a BMR restore ===
You can drag the individual partitions down into the "Destination" field or use the AutoMap button. <br>
 
Then click "Next". <br>
By default, a BMR restore restores the original network configuration. <br>
<br>
If you would like to assign an alternative configuration, for example to carry out a test restore, we recommend starting the system without network access first. <br>
Note:<br>
With a Hyper-V, for example, you could initially boot into the recovery ISO without a connected external vSwitch. After adjusting the network configuration, you can connect the VM to the vSwitch. This ensures that the system never goes online with the old IP address.
You can only drag down the light blue partitions; the gray partitions are created automatically.<br>
Please follow these steps to adjust the network configuration before restoring:
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-11.png|border]]<br>
#Boot into the Restore ISO and initiate the restore until the step where you are asked to run ''./bmragent''.
<br>
#Find the name and configuration of the network interface using ''ip address show''
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-12.png|border]]<br>
#Take the interface offline by e.g. ''ip link set name of network interface down''
<br>
#Delete the old IP address that you determined in the first step, e.g. ''ip address del 172.29.4.24/22 dev name of the network interface''
In the final step, you can review the settings. Then, check the box next to "Click here to confirm the restore plan" and click "Next". <br>
#Configure a new IP address using, for example, the following command ''ip address add 172.29.4.29/22 dev name of the network interface''
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-13.png|border]]<br>
#Take the network interface back online after customization
<br>
#Finally, configure the default gateway using, for example, ''ip route del default'' and then ''ip route add default via 172.29.4.1 dev name of the network interface''
The restore process begins. <br>
In this screenshot you can see an example of step 1 from the instructions:
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-14.png|border]]<br>
[[File:Linux BMR.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
= '''vSphere Recovery Agent''' =
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-15.png|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-16.png|border]]<br>
<br>
Once the restore process has successfully completed, click "Next" to close the window and launch the Repair Wizard. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-17.png|border]]<br>
<br>
Here, you can check whether any software components requiring an additional driver have been detected.<br>
If the status is "OK" and a green checkmark is visible for each item, you can close the wizard by clicking **Close**.
<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-18.png|border]]<br>
<span id="Backup_Satelliten"></span>
== '''Backup satellites''' ==


<span id="Beschreibung_und_Vorteile"></span>
<span id="Dokumentation_vSphere_Recovery_Agent"></span>
=== Description and Benefits ===
== vSphere Recovery Agent Documentation==


The backup satellite is a hardware appliance or a virtual machine that is used in your end customer's network and can receive backups via the local network.<br>
You can find extensive documentation and further information in [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin/Documentation%20and%20Release%20Notes/Documentation/DE/vSphere%20Recovery%20Agent%20v9.1%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf?inline vSphere Recovery Agent User Guide].
The satellite provides you with all vault functions, e.g. providing volumes from an image backup.<br>
== Installation ==
The rental devices or virtual machines are made available to you by the TERRA Cloud and are billed monthly, depending on their size and performance, in addition to the required backup packages.<br>
 
By using a satellite, you can implement a hybrid cloud backup solution, as backups are stored locally on a satellite and subsequently replicated to a data center.<br>
Please run the vSphere Recovery Agent setup on a Windows Server system with access to the VMware environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host). Please note the recommendations from the section [[Backup/en#Best_Practice|Best Practice]]. Please follow the instructions in the vSphere Recovery Agent InstallShield. In the last step of the installation, you register the system using the user and password entered in your end customer's created site. You can find a detailed description of the installation process in the User Guide linked above.
This backup concept offers the following advantages:
<span id="Konfiguration_des_Agenten"></span>
* Fast backup and restore, thanks to a locally connected vault system (satellite)
== Agent configuration ==
* No acquisition costs, as the hardware is provided to you
 
* Time decoupling between backup and replication is possible
After successful installation and registration on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal, you can now add the system to the vault as described in [[Backup/en#Associate_Agent_with_Vault|Add system to the vault]].
* Restoration is possible independently of the data center
<span id="Verbindung_zu_der_vSphere-Umgebung"></span>
* Initial backup can be carried out directly against the satellite
=== Connection to the vSphere environment ===
* Your customer's bandwidth can be used optimally
* Fast VM restore of the Hyper-V agent or vSphere recovery agent
<span id="Inbetriebnahme"></span>
=== Commissioning ===


After ordering your backup package including satellites, you will receive an email with the access data as soon as the vault account has been provided on the Basevault. <br>
Please enter and save the access data for the vSphere environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host) in the “credentials” fields. You will receive immediate feedback as to whether the access data provided is correct or whether the area can be reached.
You will receive a separate notification after the satellite has been deployed and shipped to you.<br>
[[File:VRA-1.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
After receiving the satellite, the following steps must be carried out (hardware satellites):<br>
=== Changed Block Tracking ===
* Set up and launch satellite in your end customer's network
* You can reach the satellite interface via the local address of the satellite (either static IP or DHCP)
* Please note that the satellite interface can be accessed via HTTPS and may need to be enabled in the browser first
* You can use the interface to change the access data in the user administration and, if necessary, adjust the network configuration
* Please deactivate the bypass mode using the Deactivate bypass mode function [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Features 10.3.1.3]
* The satellite is now prepared for productive use and must be saved as a backup target in the agents' vault settings (local IP of the satellite)
* Initial backups can optionally be carried out directly against the satellite
Commissioning a satellite VM:<br>
* You will receive a Hyper-V VM container from TERRA Cloud Support, which you can import and virtualize under Hyper-V
** '''''Please note that only Hyper Hosts are compatible with the Windows Server 2019 operating system or higher!'''''
* Disk/network allocation must be done via Hyper-V Manager / VM Connect
* The remaining steps of commissioning a satellite VM are similar to commissioning a normal satellite
<span id="Satelliteninterface"></span>
=== Satellite interface ===


==== System ====
This agent function is already activated after installation and allows quick and efficient delta backup of the virtual machines. <br>
For more information about this technology, see VMware's [https://kb.vmware.com/s/article/1020128 Knowledge Base]. <br>
[[File:VRA-CBT.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Automatisierte_Wiederherstellungstests"></span>
=== Automated recovery tests ===


<span id="Anmeldung"></span>
Enabling the Verify backup on completion option will perform a recovery test via quick VM restore after each backup completes.
===== Registration =====
After the virtual machine boots, a screenshot of the login mask is created and saved in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
To use this feature, the [[Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery|rapid VM recovery]] requirements must be met.
Please store the temporary data store on which the VM can be started for the test recovery and the desired ESXi host. <br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
[[File:VRA-2.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
<span id="vSphere_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
== Create vSphere Backup Job ==


You can access the following interface in your browser using the satellite's IP address.<br>
Once you have finished installing and configuring the agent, you can create a new "Job for VMware vSphere".<br>
There are two different users available, the image shows the administrative user who has <br> unrestricted access.<br>
The following screenshot shows an example of a new job for a vSphere environment. Please enter a job name and optionally a description and the encryption password.<br>
In addition, there is a user who only has read rights; you can set the access data at a later date.<br>
You can either include all virtual machines in the backup by selecting the "Virtual Machines" level, so all virtual machines are included recursively. This option offers the advantage that new virtual machines are automatically added to the backup job.<br>
The default login details for the admin user are:<br>
Alternatively, you can select individual VMs and add them to the backup set.<br>
<br>
[[Datei:VRA-3.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
''User = admin''<br>
''Password = terra''<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:AnmeldungSat.png|border|800px|Registration in the satellite interface]]<br>
'''Optional:Advanced Settings:''' <br>
<br />
<span id="Anwendungskonsistente_Sicherung_aktivieren"></span>
<span id="Informationen"></span>
=== Enable application consistent backup ===
===== Informations =====
 
As soon as you "enable application consistent backup" an application consistent snapshot can be created based on a Microsoft VSS snapshot.<br>
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.
<span id="Protokolle_der_Datenbanktransaktionen_kürzen"></span>
=== Truncate database transaction logs ===
 
In addition to application-consistent backup, transaction logs from Microsoft Exchange or SQL Server instances can be truncated.
<span id="Bedrohungserkennung_aktivieren"></span>
=== Enable Threat Detection ===


The Information item shows you the dashboard with all the important vital indicators of the hardware, e.g. CPU, RAM or hard drive utilization.<br>
When backing up active virtual machines with Windows guest operating systems, the vSphere Recovery Agent can scan the system for active ransomeware.<br>
The satellite mode is also visible. A distinction is made between two modes, the active and inactive bypass mode.<br>
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.<br>
With active bypass, the satellite rejects all agent requests, so communication for backups, restores, synchronizations or job creation takes place via the basevault. Accordingly, the Basevault address must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.<br>
The Enable Threat Detection option requires guest operating system credentials.
With the inactive bypass, the satellite is activated and accepts all agent requests, thereby enabling communication for backups, restores, synchronizations
<span id="Diesen_Sicherungsjob_bei_Fertigstellung_überprüfen"></span>
or job creation takes place via the satellite. Accordingly, the IP address of the satellite must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.<br>
=== Verify this backup job upon completion ===
<br>
 
'''Hard disk capacity:'''<br>
Following the backup, a recovery test of the virtual machines is performed via fast VM recovery.<br>
Green = Between 0% and 85% <br>
Please note that this function must be set up in the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Automated_recovery_tests Agent Configuration].<br>
Orange = From 85% to 95% <br>
Furthermore, this option is only visible if the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery prerequisites for Rapid VM Recovery] are met.
Red = From 95% to 99.99% <br>
<span id="Globale_VM-Anmeldeinformationen"></span>
<br>
=== Global VM Credentials ===
[[File:Warnung Speicher.png|border|800px|Storage warning in the overview]]<br>
 
<br>
The entered access data will be used for all virtual machines in the backup set.
[[File:Warnung.png|border|Message Storage Warning]]<br>
<span id="Gast-BS-Anmeldeinformationen"></span>
<br>
=== Guest OS Credentials ===
[[File:Speicher Alarm de.png|border|800px|Storage Alarm in the overview]]<br>
 
<br>
If you would like to assign access data individually for each virtual machine, you can enter these in the backup set below the virtual machine by displaying the input field using the blue arrow.
[[File:95%-DE.png|border|Storage Alert]]<br>
[[Datei:VRA-3.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<span id="Rapid_VM_Recovery_(schnelle_VM-Wiederherstellung)"></span>
<span id="Funktionen"></span>
== Rapid VM Recovery ==
===== Features =====


'''System functions:'''<br>
The Rapid VM Recovery option allows you to start a VM directly from the backup.<br>
Under Functions you will find a list of the relevant services stored on the satellite. Please check whether all services are running.<br>
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to this rapid access; additionally, the feature is suitable for performing a recovery test in just a few minutes.<br>
If a service is stopped, you can start it using the Play symbol. Please do not restart any services while the satellite is running.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Satellite functions:'''<br>
'''Prerequisites:'''
You can use this interface to shut down the satellite, restart it, or manually start a replication process.<br>
* Available only in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault.
* Each ESXi host must have a software iSCSI adapter.
* The datastore where the VM is started can be located on local, iSCSI, or vSAN storage.
* A datastore intended as the migration target for a VM can be located on an NFS share, in addition to the storage types mentioned above.
* A minimum of two datastores must be available in total.
* vSphere Recovery Agent 8.82 or higher.
* The Windows Server hosting the VRA must have the "iSCSI Target Server" Windows feature installed.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Disable bypass:'''<br>
'''Example configuration of an ESXi host for Rapid VM Recovery:''' <br>
A satellite with bypass mode activated cannot accept backups and delegates them to the base vault. Please deactivate bypass mode so that the satellite can accept backups.<br>
In the screenshot below, an iSCSI software adapter has been added via vCenter using the "Add Software Adapter" option. [[File:ISCSI Software Adapter.png|none|1500px]]<br>
<br>
Additionally, a VMkernel adapter without the service role enabled was added, as shown in the following screenshot:
[[File:Bypass deaktivieren2.png|border|800px|Disable Bypass]]<br>
[[File:VMkerneladapter.png|none|1500px]]<br>
<br>
'''Procedure:'''
'''Activate Support Connect:'''<br>
Once all prerequisites are met, an additional option—"Virtual Machine option using Rapid VM Recovery"—becomes available under "Restore": <br>
With this switch you allow TERRA CLOUD support to access the satellite via remote maintenance.<br>
[[File:RVMR.png|framed|none]]<br>
===== Branding =====
You then proceed to the recovery configuration.<br>
Here, in addition to selecting which VM to restore, you can also define which datastore should be used.<br>
The following screenshot shows the "Rapid VM Recovery Datastore," which was configured specifically for tasks such as recovery and functional testing.<br>
During the recovery process, you can migrate the VM to a different datastore—for example, the one hosting your production systems.
[[File:RVMR1.png|framed|none]]<br>
== Best Practice ==


This function allows you to adapt the satellite interface to your company's CI.<br>
* Install the vSphere Recovery Agent in its own Windows Server VM; if possible, this will only be used for management or backup
The configuration only needs to be carried out on one satellite, as you can export it and import it on other satellites.<br>
* Keep the vSphere Recovery Agent VM highly available via vSphere HA
There is also the option to add your own logo.<br>
* Use a satellite for TERRA CLOUD backup to be able to use Rapid VM Recovery
[[File:Branding.png|800px|border|Branding]] <br>
* Place the vSphere Recovery Agent VM on the same subnet as the vCenter Server Appliance
<span id="Wartung"></span>
* Enable the "Application Aware Backup" option in the backup job
===== Maintenance =====
* Use Change Block Tracking to back up virtual machines; this setting can be found under the "vCenter Settings" tab.
= '''Hyper-V Agent''' =


Vault maintenance checks the satellite's data stock every day at 9:23 a.m. for safesets that have exceeded their retention period; the number of retention days and copies must be exceeded. Expired safesets are deleted from the satellite.
<span id="Dokumentation_Hyper-V_Agent"></span>
You can adjust the start time of this maintenance if necessary.<br>
== Documentation Hyper-V Agent ==
[[File:Wartung.png|800px|border]]<br>
===== Updates =====


You can search the satellite interface directly for current updates and import them.<br>
The following sections contain, among other things, information about setting up and configuring the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V agent. <br>
[[File:Updates.png|800px|border]]<br>
You can find extensive documentation and further information in the [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiGzKBSTmudPr34qNKunTw/Hyper-V%20Agent%209.4%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf Hyper-V Agent User Guide ]
<span id="XML-Ansicht"></span>
== Installation ==
===== XML View =====


This menu item will take you to the XML output of the satellite in a new tab. This output lists all relevant information of the satellite and can be monitored.<br>
The following concise guide outlines the essential steps for setting up the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent. <br>
You can incorporate this link into your own monitoring solution or use ready-made sensors. You can find ready-made sensors for Server-Eye and PRTG Network Monitor, the sensors can be found under the search term “Terra Cloud Backup”. <br>
<br>
[https://www.server-eye.de/ Homepage Server-Eye] <br>
'''Setup sequence:'''<br>
[[File:XML-Ansicht.png|border|500px]]<br>
1. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management <br>
<br />
2. Configure the Management Agent in the Backup Portal (establish connection to the Hyper-V environment, add the computer to the vault) <br>
<span id="Replikation"></span>
3. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host <br>
==== Replication ====
<br>
 
'''Single-host Hyper-V systems: <br>'''
<span id="Konnektivität"></span>
In this scenario, you can install both the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Management Agent and the Host Agent directly on the Hyper-V host ("root"/"parent" partition). <br>
===== Connectivity =====
However, please still observe the setup sequence listed above.<br>
 
<br>
This overview shows you the status of the connection to the Basevault. The satellite transmits a "heartbeat" to the basevault at regular intervals.<br>
'''Hyper-V clusters:''' <br>
In addition, the connection to the backup portal and the base vault is checked via ping and Telnet. This ensures that all necessary [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Network_configuration ports] are activated for the satellite.< br>
Because the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent is split into two software components (Management and Host), it is ideally suited for use in a cluster environment.<br>
During replication, for example, the outgoing network traffic rate can also be monitored.<br>
We recommend installing the Management Agent in an administrative VM within the Hyper-V cluster; this allows it to run on different hosts and ensures high availability via the failover cluster. <br>
[[File:Satellit Konnektivität.jpg|framed|ohne|100px|]]<br>
After completing setup steps 1 and 2, you can proceed to step 3 and install the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster.<br>
<span id="Replikationsstatus"></span>
<br>
===== Replication Status =====
'''TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management:''' <br>
 
This overview shows you which safesets are still outstanding for replication to the data center; these are processed as if in a queue. <br>
On the right side you can click through the satellite's current inventory and view more detailed information about individual safe sets, such as the compressed <br>
Size or whether this safeset has already been replicated.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Replikation.png|border|900px|ReplicationStatus]]<br>
'''Setup step 1''' <br>
<span id="Bandbreitenlimitierung"></span>
Please run the installer on the desired system and follow the on-screen instructions.<br>
===== Bandwidth limitation =====
In the final step—as with all other TERRA CLOUD Backup agents—you configure the registration with the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.<br>
 
You can either select a user within the site who has sufficient permissions, or register the system to your parent site and move it later. <br>
You can configure a bandwidth limit for satellite replication.
<br>
Please note that after an adjustment, the replication service restarts and ongoing replications are aborted. <br>
'''Setup Step 2''' <br>
If the connection is weaker, we recommend configuring the "Quality of Service" on the firewall for the satellite and assigning it a low priority.<br>
Once installation is successfully completed, the system should appear under the selected site in the backup portal.<br>
This setting on the firewall ensures that, for example, on a holiday, the <br>. can be replicated with full bandwidth
Please follow the instructions in the backup portal to establish a connection to the Hyper-V environment and subsequently add the computer to the vault.<br>
Bandwidth allocation is therefore more flexible than a fixed bandwidth limit. <br>
<br>
[[File:Bandbreitenlimitierung.png|border|800px]]<br>
'''Installing the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host:''' <br>
<span id="Replikationszeitplan"></span>
<br>
===== Replication Schedule =====
'''Setup Step 3''' <br>
After successfully configuring the Hyper-V agent in Step 2, you can install the host agent on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster or on the standalone host.<br>
For a cluster installation, specify the FQDN of the system where the management agent is active in order to establish a connection to it.<br>
Once installation is successful, the respective node should appear as "online" under the "Hosts" tab in the backup portal.
<span id="Rapid_VM_Recovery_(schnelle_VM-Wiederherstellung)"></span>
== Rapid VM Recovery ==


The replication schedule allows you to control whether to replicate immediately after a newly created backup and after <br>
The quick VM restore recovery option gives you the option to start a VM from the backup.<br>
defined schedule or exclusively according to a configured replication schedule. This option is particularly recommended if <br>
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to quick access, and the function is also suitable for carrying out a recovery test in just a few minutes.
should be backed up during your customer's working hours, but replication should only start after working hours. <br>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
In this image you can see the configuration for a replication schedule that initiates a replication operation every day around 8 p.m.:<br>
=== Requirements ===
[[File:Replikationszeitplan.png|border|800px]]<br>
===== Safeset Management =====


Special configurations can be made on the satellite via Safeset Management; if configured incorrectly, these can affect the function of the satellite.<br>
# Hybrid TERRA CLOUD backup with a TERRA CLOUD Backup satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise
Changes can only be made after activation via the slider and '''may only be made after consultation with support'''.<br>
# Hyper-V Checkpoints must be enabled for the secured VMs (for more information, see: [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/manage/enable-or-disable-checkpoints-in-hyper-v Hyper-V Checkpoints])
[[File:Safeset-management.png|border|800px]]<br>
<span id="Anzahl_der_VMs_pro_Sicherungsdurchlauf_reduzieren"></span>
<span id="Backup_Daten"></span>
== Reduce number of VMs per backup run ==  
==== Backup data ====


You can use the satellite interface to delete entire systems, jobs or individual backup sets (safesets). <br>
The TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent backs up up to 16 virtual machines per Hyper-V host simultaneously within a single job.<br>
The deletion only applies to satellites; the data in the data center on the respective base vault remains unaffected. <br>
Safe sets are displayed online; they are highlighted in black and can be selected by clicking in the checkbox. <br>
Online safesets are characterized by the fact that they are stored locally on the satellite and are directly available there.<br>
Safesets that are grayed out and cannot be selected are offline safesets. <br>
An offline safeset represents a backup that does not exist on the Satellite, but still exists on the Basevault. <br>
Only meta information about these safesets is stored on the satellite. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Procedure for deletion:'''<br>
'''Preparation:'''<br>
# Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service"
# Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all hosts managed by the management component
# Navigate to the following directory of the management component ''(default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management\Data\Configuration)''
# Create a backup copy of the file "''AgentCoordinator.cfg''" and save it outside the agent directory
# Navigate to the following directory of the host component (default path: ''C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration'')
# Create a backup copy of the file "''AgentWorker.cfg''" and save it outside the agent directory
# Repeat step 6 for all host agents connected to the management agent
'''Editing the configuration:'''<br>
# Open the management agent's configuration file "''AgentCoordinator.cfg''" ''(default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management)''
# Add the [Advanced] section with the parameter MaximumConcurrency and the desired value, e.g. ...5 in JSON format (see screenshot below) and save the file.
# Open the host agent configuration file "AgentWorker.cfg" (default path: "C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration").
# Change the value of the setting "MaximumConcurrency": 16, to the value specified in step 1 within AgentCoordinator.cfg.
# Repeat steps 3–4 for all host agents connected to the management agent.
# Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service".
# Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all connected hosts.
'''Screenshot for editing step 2:'''
[[File:AgentCoordinator.cfg.png|framed|none]]
<br>
<br>
'''System level deletion:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected system. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
Please note that the value must not be configured higher than the default value of 16. <br>
b) Select the systems to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
If the services fail to start after these adjustments, please perform a rollback using the backups you created. <br>
c) Wait until the affected system is grayed out from the overview. (It may take some time) <br>
<span id="Backup_Satelliten"></span>
d) Check the capacity of the satellite and start a quick storage optimization <br>
= '''Backup satellites''' =
<br>
 
'''Job level deletion:'''<br>
<span id="Beschreibung_und_Vorteile"></span>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
== Description and Benefits ==
b) Mark the job to be deleted by selecting it and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action <br>
c) Wait until the affected job has disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (It may take some time)<br>
d) Check satellite capacity. If unchanged, start quick memory optimization <br>
<br>
'''Safeset level deletion:'''<br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
b) Select the safe sets to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
c) Wait until all affected safe sets have disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (Depending on the size, the process can take a lot of time) <br>
d) As soon as all safesets have disappeared/grayed out, start quick storage optimization <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Backupdaten.png|border|800px|Backup data on the satellite]]<br>
==== Job Monitor ====


You can view open or already completed processes in the Job Monitor.<br>
The backup satellite is a hardware appliance or a virtual machine that is used in your end customer's network and can receive backups via the local network.<br>
Backups or restores can be monitored, as can replication processes.<br>
The satellite provides you with all vault functions, e.g. providing volumes from an image backup.<br>
The following screenshot shows a satellite that currently has no open jobs:<br>
The rental devices or virtual machines are made available to you by the TERRA Cloud and are billed monthly, depending on their size and performance, in addition to the required backup packages.<br>
[[File:Jobmonitor.png|800px|border]]<br>
By using a satellite, you can implement a hybrid cloud backup solution, as backups are stored locally on a satellite and subsequently replicated to a data center.<br>
<br>
This backup concept offers the following advantages:
'''Jobs on the screenshot:'''<br>
* Fast backup and restore, thanks to a locally connected vault system (satellite)
Maintenance Host = This process represents maintenance on the satellite, this process should always be displayed <br>
* No acquisition costs, as the hardware is provided to you
Satellite Replication Service = Behind this process is the active replication service, this process should always be displayed <br>
* Time decoupling between backup and replication is possible
Satellite Replication - Upload Satellite Statistics = In the screenshot, this process is set to "Inactive" because it was completed successfully. In this job, the satellite passed information to the basevault.
* Restoration is possible independently of the data center
<span id="Benutzerverwaltung"></span>
* Initial backup can be carried out directly against the satellite
==== User management ====
* Your customer's bandwidth can be used optimally
* Fast VM restore of the Hyper-V agent or vSphere recovery agent
<span id="Inbetriebnahme"></span>
== Commissioning ==


Within the user management you can define passwords for a total of two users.<br>
After ordering your backup package including satellites, you will receive an email with the access data as soon as the vault account has been provided on the Basevault. <br>
Which users are stored in total?<br>
You will receive a separate notification after the satellite has been deployed and shipped to you.<br>
#Admin: This user has full access and is intended for administration of the satellite.
After receiving the satellite, the following steps must be carried out (hardware satellites):<br>
#User: This user only has read permission and can be issued to the end customer as required.
* Set up and launch satellite in your end customer's network
<br>
* You can reach the satellite interface via the local address of the satellite (either static IP or DHCP)
[[File:Benutzerverwaltung.png|border|800px|User Management]]<br>
* Please note that the satellite interface can be accessed via HTTPS and may need to be enabled in the browser first
<br />
* You can use the interface to change the access data in the user administration and, if necessary, adjust the network configuration
<span id="Netzwerkkonfiguration"></span>
* Please deactivate the bypass mode using the Deactivate bypass mode function [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Features 10.3.1.3]
==== Network configuration ====
* The satellite is now prepared for productive use and must be saved as a backup target in the agents' vault settings (local IP of the satellite)
* Initial backups can optionally be carried out directly against the satellite
Commissioning a satellite VM:<br>
* You will receive a Hyper-V VM container from TERRA Cloud Support, which you can import and virtualize under Hyper-V
** '''''Please note that only Hyper Hosts are compatible with the Windows Server 2019 operating system or higher!'''''
* Disk/network allocation must be done via Hyper-V Manager / VM Connect
* The remaining steps of commissioning a satellite VM are similar to commissioning a normal satellite
<span id="Satelliteninterface"></span>
== Satellite interface ==


You can use the network configuration to pass on your desired settings directly to the satellite or use the “Activate DHCP” function. <br>
=== System ===
As soon as DHCP has been activated, the network configuration assigned by the DHCP server will be displayed. <br>
<br>
[[File:Netzwerkverwaltung.png|border|800px|Satellite Network Management]]<br>
<br/>
<span id="Initialsicherung_FTP_Upload_/_Datenträger_einsenden"></span>
== '''Initial backup FTP upload / send data carrier''' ==


<span id="Buchung"></span>
<span id="Anmeldung"></span>
=== Booking ===
==== Registration ====


The two processes can be added when initially booking a backup package or later in the order.
You can access the following interface in your browser using the satellite's IP address.<br>
<span id="Durchführung"></span>
There are two different users available, the image shows the administrative user who has <br> unrestricted access.<br>
=== Implementation ===
In addition, there is a user who only has read rights; you can set the access data at a later date.<br>
 
The default login details for the admin user are:<br>
'''Prerequisites:'''
<br>
*The backup agent is installed on the target system and registered in the portal.
''User = admin''<br>
*The backup job and schedule are configured as desired.
''Password = terra''<br>
*The "Entire Server" option has been temporarily removed from the job configuration to ensure the external storage medium is not included in the backup.
*The backup job schedule is disabled to prevent the agent from automatically attempting to back up to the vault.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Procedure:'''<br>
[[File:AnmeldungSat.png|border|800px|Registration in the satellite interface]]<br>
1.) '''Start the backup to the vault to transfer metadata.'''<br>
<br />
This transmits information required by the vault for the import process.<br>
<span id="Informationen"></span>
The process can be stopped as soon as the status "Processing" appears. <br>
==== Informations ====
 
The Information item shows you the dashboard with all the important vital indicators of the hardware, e.g. CPU, RAM or hard drive utilization.<br>
The satellite mode is also visible. A distinction is made between two modes, the active and inactive bypass mode.<br>
With active bypass, the satellite rejects all agent requests, so communication for backups, restores, synchronizations or job creation takes place via the basevault. Accordingly, the Basevault address must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.<br>
With the inactive bypass, the satellite is activated and accepts all agent requests, thereby enabling communication for backups, restores, synchronizations
or job creation takes place via the satellite. Accordingly, the IP address of the satellite must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.<br>
<br>
'''Hard disk capacity:'''<br>
Green = Between 0% and 85% <br>
Orange = From 85% to 95% <br>
Red = From 95% to 99.99% <br>
<br>
<br>
2.) '''Create the folder structure in the target directory.''' <br>
[[File:Warnung Speicher.png|border|800px|Storage warning in the overview]]<br>
To ensure smooth identification, please create the following folder structure: <br>
'''\$ACCOUNTNAME$\$COMPUTERNAME$\$JOBNAME$''' <br>
<br>
<br>
Example path:<br>
[[File:Warnung.png|border|Message Storage Warning]]<br>
'''D:\00000-BEISPIEL\srv-terracloud\bmrjob''' <br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> As the data involved is always encrypted, an incorrect folder structure would result in a written inquiry and, consequently, a delay in the process. </p>
3.) '''Start the backup to the previously created path.'''<br>
The procedure in the portal is as follows:<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Verzeichnis_auf_Datentraeger.png|350px|border|Target: Directory on storage medium]] <br>
[[File:Speicher Alarm de.png|border|800px|Storage Alarm in the overview]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Ordner_auswaehlen.png|350px|border|Select the previously created folder structure]] <br>
[[File:95%-DE.png|border|Storage Alert]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:Initialbackup_auf_Datentraeger.png|350px|border|Start backup]] <br>
<span id="Funktionen"></span>
=== FTP Upload ===
==== Features ====


'''Please ensure that the data set is complete. Each job is divided into backup fragments, which are numbered numerically and are 1,048,576 KB in size, except for the last fragment. Only the first fragment (Safeset number.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in name from the other files.'''<br>
'''System functions:'''<br>
<br>
Under Functions you will find a list of the relevant services stored on the satellite. Please check whether all services are running.<br>
Before uploading, check the backup log of the initial backup for any anomalies.<br>
If a service is stopped, you can start it using the Play symbol. Please do not restart any services while the satellite is running.<br>
If you find any irregularities or have any questions, please contact our support team before submitting or uploading the data set.<br>
<br>
The created initial backup can then be uploaded to the TERRA Cloud FTP server.<br>
<br>
For the upload, you can use, for example, the [https://filezilla-project.org/download.php?type=client FileZilla Client]. <br>The necessary access data will be provided by us in the center after we receive your booking confirmation.<br>
<br>
<br>
Once the upload is complete and has been verified, please send us a brief confirmation of the information you previously submitted.<br>
'''Satellite functions:'''<br>
You can use this interface to shut down the satellite, restart it, or manually start a replication process.<br>
<br>
<br>
After successful verification, we will contact you as soon as there are any updates regarding the import.
'''Disable bypass:'''<br>
A satellite with bypass mode activated cannot accept backups and delegates them to the base vault. Please deactivate bypass mode so that the satellite can accept backups.<br>
<br>
<br>
<span id="Datenträger_einsenden"></span>
[[File:Bypass deaktivieren2.png|border|800px|Disable Bypass]]<br>
=== Send in data carrier ===
 
'''Please ensure that the data set is complete. Each job is divided into backup fragments, which are numbered numerically and are 1,048,576 KB in size, except for the last fragment. Only the first fragment (Safeset number.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in name from the other files.'''<br>
<br>
<br>
Before sending, please check the backup log of the initial backup for any anomalies.<br>
'''Activate Support Connect:'''<br>
If you notice any irregularities or have any questions, please contact our support team before sending in the data carrier.<br>
With this switch you allow TERRA CLOUD support to access the satellite via remote maintenance.<br>
<br>
==== Branding ====
If the initial backup was successful, but an error message appears in the log file after the successful completion message, we recommend that you consult the following wiki article:<br>
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#SSET-E-04104_The_request_failed._The_remote_server_reported_the_following_error:_RPC-E-FAILED,_generic_RPC_error_/_UTIL-W-05229_Could_not_upload_configuration_files:_Failed_to_upload_file._C:\Program_Files\TERRA_CLOUD_Backup\Agent\Jobname.status.cfg SSET-E-04104 / UTIL-W-05229.]<br>
<br>
Once all open questions and irregularities have been clarified, the data carrier, along with the completed [https://downloads.terracloud.de/files/EN_documentation/terra%20CLOUD_Submission%20form.pdf submission form], can be sent to the following address:<br>
<br>
'''TERRA CLOUD GmbH'''<br>
'''Hankamp 2'''<br>
'''32609 Hüllhorst'''<br>
<br>
Notifications regarding the import/shipping status of the data carrier are sent via automated business processes.<br>
<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">Please do not send us any unencrypted raw data from your end customer under any circumstances! </p>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> These will be returned to the sender unprocessed. </p>
== '''Backup Export''' ==


In order to save data on a local medium, for example for long-term backup, we can export your backups.
This function allows you to adapt the satellite interface to your company's CI.<br>
The export is encrypted and in the so-called vault format, so that the exported data must be read in with additional software before an agent can process and restore it.<br>
The configuration only needs to be carried out on one satellite, as you can export it and import it on other satellites.<br>
<br>
There is also the option to add your own logo.<br>
Please note that this is a paid process. Further information about the process (offer, procedure, etc.) is available from our cloud sales department: [mailto:cloud@wortmann.de cloud@wortmann.de] <br>
[[File:Branding.png|800px|border|Branding]] <br>
As soon as you have received the desired data set, you can continue with the steps below. <br>
<span id="Wartung"></span>
It should also be noted that it is '''not''' possible to export backups via the Hyper-V agent. <br>
==== Maintenance ====
<br>
The required software can be found at:<br>
[https://backup.terracloud.de/Download/SecondaryRestoreServer-8-70-0266.exe Secondary Restore Server]<br>
=== Secondary Restore Server ===


The Secondary Restore Server reads the exported data and presents it as a virtual vault in the existing network.<br>
Vault maintenance checks the satellite's data stock every day at 9:23 a.m. for safesets that have exceeded their retention period; the number of retention days and copies must be exceeded. Expired safesets are deleted from the satellite.
*Please navigate to the folder structure of the exported data in the Secondary Restore Server
You can adjust the start time of this maintenance if necessary.<br>
*Store the data of the exported vault account, e.g. B. (45814-END CUSTOMER), as well as the vault account password
[[File:Wartung.png|800px|border]]<br>
*Start sharing via the Secondary Restore Server (Start)
==== Updates ====
*Agents can then access the share as if it were a normal vault.
[[File:Secondaryrestoreserver.png|border|Secondary Restore Server]]<br>
<br>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einzelnen_Dateien(Secondary_Restore_Server)"></span>
=== Restore individual files (Secondary Restore Server) ===


Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:<br>
You can search the satellite interface directly for current updates and import them.<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-1.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 1]]<br>
[[File:Updates.png|800px|border]]<br>
<br>
<span id="XML-Ansicht"></span>
[[File:CrossRestore-2.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 2]]<br>
==== XML View ====
<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-3.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 3]]<br>
<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-4.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 4]]<br>
<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-5.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 5]]<br>
<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-6.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 6]]<br>
<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-7.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 7]]<br>
<br>
<span id="BMR_Wiederherstellung(Secondary_Restore_Server)"></span>
=== BMR Restore(Secondary Restore Server) ===


For instructions on how to initiate a BMR, see: [[Backup/en#Bare_Metal_Restore| Bare Metal Restore]]
This menu item will take you to the XML output of the satellite in a new tab. This output lists all relevant information of the satellite and can be monitored.<br>
Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:<br>
You can incorporate this link into your own monitoring solution or use ready-made sensors. You can find ready-made sensors for Server-Eye and PRTG Network Monitor, the sensors can be found under the search term “Terra Cloud Backup”. <br>
[[File:BMR-1.PNG|border|BMR Step 1]]<br>
[https://www.server-eye.de/ Homepage Server-Eye] <br>
<br>
[[File:XML-Ansicht.png|border|500px]]<br>
[[File:BMR-2.PNG|border|BMR Step 2]]<br>
<br />
<br>
<span id="Replikation"></span>
[[File:BMR-3.PNG|border|BMR Step 3]]<br>
=== Replication ===
<br>
[[File:BMR-4.PNG|border|BMR Step 4]]<br>
<br>
[[File:BMR-5.PNG|border|BMR Step 5]]<br>
<br>
= '''Agent Skripting''' =


== Windows Agent ==
<span id="Konnektivität"></span>
==== Connectivity ====


In addition to the portal, the Windows agent can also be started via command line or script.<br>
This overview shows you the status of the connection to the Basevault. The satellite transmits a "heartbeat" to the basevault at regular intervals.<br>
Agent scripting is recommended, for example, to stop non-VSS-capable databases before backup (MySQL, MariaDB, etc.)
In addition, the connection to the backup portal and the base vault is checked via ping and Telnet. This ensures that all necessary [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Network_configuration ports] are activated for the satellite.< br>
<span id="Windows_Agent_per_Kommandozeile_ansprechen"></span>
During replication, for example, the outgoing network traffic rate can also be monitored.<br>
=== Address Windows Agent via command line ===
[[File:Satellit Konnektivität.jpg|framed|ohne|100px|]]<br>
<span id="Replikationsstatus"></span>
==== Replication Status ====


Please first change to the agent's installation directory in CMD or PowerShell, by default this is 'C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\'<br>
This overview shows you which safesets are still outstanding for replication to the data center; these are processed as if in a queue. <br>
To start a backup, the following parameters must be passed to VV.exe:
On the right side you can click through the satellite's current inventory and view more detailed information about individual safe sets, such as the compressed <br>
*VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (CMD) <br>
Size or whether this safeset has already been replicated.<br>
*.\VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (PowerShell)<br>
You can use the /retention=RetentionName parameter to determine which retention type should be used.<br>
Please replace "RetentionName" with the name of the retention period, which you can view in the [[Backup/en#Advanced_Agent_Configuration|Advanced Agent Settings]].
<span id="Windows_Agent_per_Skript_ansprechen"></span>
=== Address Windows Agent via script ===
 
The desired commands can be stored in a script.<br>
Recommended formats are '''.bat''' and '''.cmd'''<br>
<br>
<br>
Scripts can be extended as desired, e.g. to store pre- and post-commands, i.e. commands before or after the backup.<br>
[[File:Replikation.png|border|900px|ReplicationStatus]]<br>
<br>
<span id="Bandbreitenlimitierung"></span>
Example script: <br>
==== Bandwidth limitation ====
@echo off<br>
cd "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"<br>
echo "Start backup" >> backuplog.txt<br>
VV.exe backup BMR /retention=Daily <br>
echo "Backup performed" >> backuplog.txt<br>
[[File:Backupskript.png|none]]
<span id="Skript_vor_dem_Herunterfahren_ausführen"></span>
=== Run script before shutdown ===


You can integrate your created script into the system's pre-shutdown event with the following configuration. This is particularly recommended for client systems that are not consistently in use.<br>
You can configure a bandwidth limit for satellite replication.
Please carry out the following steps to store a script: <br>
Please note that after an adjustment, the replication service restarts and ongoing replications are aborted. <br>
# Open Local Group Policy Editor (WIN + R "gpedit.msc")<br>
If the connection is weaker, we recommend configuring the "Quality of Service" on the firewall for the satellite and assigning it a low priority.<br>
# Store your created script under "Computer Configuration -> Windows Settings -> Scripts (Startup/Shutdown)<br>
This setting on the firewall ensures that, for example, on a holiday, the <br>. can be replicated with full bandwidth
# Click "Shutdown" and add your script via "Add". <br>
Bandwidth allocation is therefore more flexible than a fixed bandwidth limit. <br>
# Please adjust the following registry key: ''HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\gpsvc\PreshutdownTimeout''<br>
[[File:Bandbreitenlimitierung.png|border|800px]]<br>
# This key defines the length of the pre-shutdown event, which is set to 15 minutes by default. Please increase this value so that a backup can be created during this time.
<span id="Replikationszeitplan"></span>
# In the Local Group Policy Editor, please navigate to "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> Scripts <br>
==== Replication Schedule ====
# Adjust the "Specify maximum wait time for Group Policy scripts" setting. You can enter a value of up to 32,000 seconds or 0 for an infinite waiting time.
# Please note that you have adjusted the rights accordingly. <br>
::We have described further information about this in the following Wiki article: [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#PreshutdownTimeout_Value PreshutdownTimeout Value Authorization]
[[File:Preshutdown.png|gerahmt|left]] [[File:Maximale Wartezeit für Gruppenrichtlinienskripts angeben.png|boxed|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Neuen_benutzerdefinierten_Befehl_erstellen"></span>
=== Create new custom command ===


This option gives you the opportunity to add a schedule to scripts that have already been created via the backup portal.
The replication schedule allows you to control whether to replicate immediately after a newly created backup and after <br>
[[File:Neuer benutzerdefinierter Befehl.png|framed|ohne]]
defined schedule or exclusively according to a configured replication schedule. This option is particularly recommended if <br>
When you create a new custom command, the agent checks whether there are scripts stored in the agent directory in the "ScheduleScripts" batch files subfolder.<br>
should be backed up during your customer's working hours, but replication should only start after working hours. <br>
The standard path to this directory in which a script for this function can be stored:<br>
In this image you can see the configuration for a replication schedule that initiates a replication operation every day around 8 p.m.:<br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts''<br>
[[File:Replikationszeitplan.png|border|800px]]<br>
In the following screenshot you can see a selected script with a configured schedule:
==== Safeset Management ====
[[File:Benutzerdefinierter Befehlt.jpg|framed|ohne]]
'''Recommendation:'''
A custom command's schedule can only be created as a single-line schedule.
Please check our [[Backup/en#Agent_Skripting_Best_Practice|Best Practice]] for agent scripting to avoid this disadvantage.
=== Agent Skripting Best Practice ===


The backup agent can be tailored to specific application scenarios through the use of scripts.
Special configurations can be made on the satellite via Safeset Management; if configured incorrectly, these can affect the function of the satellite.<br>
We recommend using the following guide as a basis for your scenario.<br>
Changes can only be made after activation via the slider and '''may only be made after consultation with support'''.<br>
[[File:Safeset-management.png|border|800px]]<br>
<span id="Backup_Daten"></span>
=== Backup data ===
 
You can use the satellite interface to delete entire systems, jobs or individual backup sets (safesets). <br>
The deletion only applies to satellites; the data in the data center on the respective base vault remains unaffected. <br>
Safe sets are displayed online; they are highlighted in black and can be selected by clicking in the checkbox. <br>
Online safesets are characterized by the fact that they are stored locally on the satellite and are directly available there.<br>
Safesets that are grayed out and cannot be selected are offline safesets. <br>
An offline safeset represents a backup that does not exist on the Satellite, but still exists on the Basevault. <br>
Only meta information about these safesets is stored on the satellite. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Preparation:''' <br>
'''Procedure for deletion:'''<br>
What needs to be prepared before using the following scripts?
#Install the agent on the system to be protected
#Link the system to the vault in the Backup Portal
#Create backup job(s) without a schedule
'''Step 1: Create a batch file''' <br>
Create a batch file (.bat) with the following structure:<br>
''powershell.exe -ExecutionPolicy Bypass -File "Path to PowerShell script\agentscripting_retention.ps1"''<br>
Please adjust this batch file later to match the path and name you have assigned to the PowerShell script.<br>
Copy the created batch script into the following folder within the agent's installation directory: <br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts (default)''<br>
In the Backup Portal, for the relevant system, click on [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_new_custom_command "New custom command"] under "Select job task".<br> <br>
Using this function, you can select a stored batch script and assign a schedule to it; please configure the desired time (e.g., 10 PM).<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Function:''' <br>
'''System level deletion:'''<br>
This batch file will subsequently be launched by the backup agent itself according to the schedule. <br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected system. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
The batch file launches PowerShell and the second script.<br>
b) Select the systems to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
Since PowerShell is significantly more extensive and flexible, the first script serves solely to invoke PowerShell.<br>
c) Wait until the affected system is grayed out from the overview. (It may take some time) <br>
d) Check the capacity of the satellite and start a quick storage optimization <br>
<br>
'''Job level deletion:'''<br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
b) Mark the job to be deleted by selecting it and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action <br>
c) Wait until the affected job has disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (It may take some time)<br>
d) Check satellite capacity. If unchanged, start quick memory optimization <br>
<br>
'''Safeset level deletion:'''<br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
b) Select the safe sets to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
c) Wait until all affected safe sets have disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (Depending on the size, the process can take a lot of time) <br>
d) As soon as all safesets have disappeared/grayed out, start quick storage optimization <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Step 2: Create PowerShell script''' <br>
In this step, you create the PowerShell script that is triggered by the batch script from '''Step 1'''.<br>
This script calls the backup agent to perform a backup.<br>
Additionally, it allows for the use of different retention periods and the inclusion of pre- and post-commands.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Content:''' <br>
[[File:Backupdaten.png|border|800px|Backup data on the satellite]]<br>
Please create a PowerShell script (.ps1) with, for example, the following content:
=== Job Monitor ===
''Set-Location "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"''
 
''$date = Get-Date
You can view open or already completed processes in the Job Monitor.<br>
$currentday = $date.Day
Backups or restores can be monitored, as can replication processes.<br>
$lastday = [DateTime]::DaysInMonth($date.Year, $date.Month)
The following screenshot shows a satellite that currently has no open jobs:<br>
if ($lastday -eq $currentday){
[[File:Jobmonitor.png|800px|border]]<br>
'''Placeholder for pre-commands'''
.\VV.exe backup '''NameOfBackupJob''' /quickscan=true /retention=Monthly
'''Placeholder for post-commands'''
}
else{
'''Placeholder for pre-commands'''
.\VV.exe backup '''NameOfBackupJob''' /quickscan=true /retention=Daily
'''Placeholder for post-commands'''
}''
'''Function:'''<br>
This PowerShell script switches to the agent's installation directory and checks the current date.<br>
If the date matches the total number of days in the month (the dynamic last day of the month), a backup with the retention type "Monthly" is performed.<br>
On all other days, the retention type "Daily" is used.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Advantages of this implementation:'''
'''Jobs on the screenshot:'''<br>
# You can utilize the full range of PowerShell functions and customize this base script as desired customize for your customers
Maintenance Host = This process represents maintenance on the satellite, this process should always be displayed <br>
# The schedule can be created via the Backup Portal and does not need to be implemented via the script
Satellite Replication Service = Behind this process is the active replication service, this process should always be displayed <br>
# You can use pre- and post-commands to stop databases prior to the backup if they cannot be brought into a consistent state using VSS technology
Satellite Replication - Upload Satellite Statistics = In the screenshot, this process is set to "Inactive" because it was completed successfully. In this job, the satellite passed information to the basevault.
<span id="Benutzerverwaltung"></span>
=== User management ===


== Linux Agent  ==
Within the user management you can define passwords for a total of two users.<br>
Which users are stored in total?<br>
#Admin: This user has full access and is intended for administration of the satellite.
#User: This user only has read permission and can be issued to the end customer as required.
<br>
[[File:Benutzerverwaltung.png|border|800px|User Management]]<br>
<br />
<span id="Netzwerkkonfiguration"></span>
=== Network configuration ===


In addition to the portal, the Linux agent can also be accessed via created scripts. <br>
You can use the network configuration to pass on your desired settings directly to the satellite or use the “Activate DHCP” function. <br>
You can contact the agents directly via a created script. As in the following example script (CustomScript.sh):<br>
As soon as DHCP has been activated, the network configuration assigned by the DHCP server will be displayed. <br>
''nano CustomScript.sh''<br>
''cd /opt/BUAgent''<br>
''./VV backup RootDir''<br>
In the example, RootDir is the backup job name.<br>
The script (e.g.: CustomScript.sh) must then be given the appropriate rights. To do this, please execute the following command: <br>
''chmod +x CustomScript.sh''<br>
<br>
<br>
Optionally, you can schedule scripts via the Backup Portal by completing the following steps:<br>
[[File:Netzwerkverwaltung.png|border|800px|Satellite Network Management]]<br>
*Under Linux, by default, no folder called "ScheduleScripts" is created in the installation directory. Please create this with e.g. ''mkdir ScheduleScripts''<br>
<br/>
*Place the created script (.bat or .cmd) in the agent directory in the newly created ScheduledScripts folder
<span id="Initialsicherung_FTP_Upload_/_Datenträger_einsenden"></span>
*In the Backup Portal, select "Create a new custom command" via "Select job task" and select your script
= '''Initial backup FTP upload / send data carrier''' =
*Create a schedule for the script
[[File:Neuen-benutzerdefinierten-Befehl.png|none]]<br>
<br />
= '''vSphere Recovery Agent''' =


<span id="Dokumentation_vSphere_Recovery_Agent"></span>
<span id="Buchung"></span>
== vSphere Recovery Agent Documentation==
== Booking ==


You can find extensive documentation and further information in [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin/Documentation%20and%20Release%20Notes/Documentation/DE/vSphere%20Recovery%20Agent%20v9.1%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf?inline vSphere Recovery Agent User Guide].
The two processes can be added when initially booking a backup package or later in the order.
== Installation ==
<span id="Durchführung"></span>
== Implementation ==


Please run the vSphere Recovery Agent setup on a Windows Server system with access to the VMware environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host). Please note the recommendations from the section [[Backup/en#Best_Practice|Best Practice]]. Please follow the instructions in the vSphere Recovery Agent InstallShield. In the last step of the installation, you register the system using the user and password entered in your end customer's created site. You can find a detailed description of the installation process in the User Guide linked above.
'''Prerequisites:'''
<span id="Konfiguration_des_Agenten"></span>
*The backup agent is installed on the target system and registered in the portal.
== Agent configuration ==
*The backup job and schedule are configured as desired.
 
*To prevent the external storage medium from being included in the backup, the "Entire Server" option has been temporarily removed from the job configuration.<br>Instead, the backup is performed by manually selecting the individual drives. The external storage medium must not be selected.
After successful installation and registration on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal, you can now add the system to the vault as described in [[Backup/en#Associate_Agent_with_Vault|Add system to the vault]].
*The backup job schedule is disabled to prevent the agent from automatically attempting to back up to the vault.<br>
<span id="Verbindung_zu_der_vSphere-Umgebung"></span>
<br>
=== Connection to the vSphere environment ===
'''Procedure:'''<br>
1.) '''Start the backup to the vault to transfer metadata.'''<br>
This transmits information required by the vault for the import process.<br>
The process can be stopped as soon as the status "Processing" appears. <br>
<br>
2.) '''Create the folder structure in the target directory.''' <br>
To ensure smooth identification, please create the following folder structure: <br>
'''\$ACCOUNTNAME$\$COMPUTERNAME$\$JOBNAME$''' <br>
<br>
Example path:<br>
'''E:\45814-ENDKUNDE\WIN-VKEE7ONL8FG\BMR''' <br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> As the data involved is always encrypted, an incorrect folder structure would result in a written inquiry and, consequently, a delay in the process. </p>
3.) '''Start the backup to the previously created path.'''<br>
The procedure in the portal is as follows:<br>
<br>
[[File:Verzeichnis_auf_Datentraeger.png|350px|border|Target: Directory on storage medium]] <br>
<br>
[[File:Ordner_auswaehlen.png|350px|border|Select the previously created folder structure]] <br>
<br>
[[File:Initialbackup_auf_Datentraeger.png|350px|border|Start backup]] <br>


Please enter and save the access data for the vSphere environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host) in the “credentials” fields. You will receive immediate feedback as to whether the access data provided is correct or whether the area can be reached.
== FTP Upload ==
[[File:VRA-1.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
=== Changed Block Tracking ===


This agent function is already activated after installation and allows quick and efficient delta backup of the virtual machines. <br>
'''Please ensure that the dataset is complete.'''<br>
For more information about this technology, see VMware's [https://kb.vmware.com/s/article/1020128 Knowledge Base]. <br>
'''Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.'''<br>
[[File:VRA-CBT.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
'''Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.''' <br>
<span id="Automatisierte_Wiederherstellungstests"></span>
<br>
=== Automated recovery tests ===
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Initialsicherung-Fragmente.PNG|350px|border]]<br>
 
<br>
Enabling the Verify backup on completion option will perform a recovery test via quick VM restore after each backup completes.
Before uploading, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.<br>
After the virtual machine boots, a screenshot of the login mask is created and saved in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending or uploading the dataset.<br>
To use this feature, the [[Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery|rapid VM recovery]] requirements must be met.
<br>
Please store the temporary data store on which the VM can be started for the test recovery and the desired ESXi host. <br>
The created initial backup can then be uploaded to the TERRA Cloud FTP server.<br>
<br>
For example, the [https://filezilla-project.org/download.php?type=client FileZilla Client] can be used for the upload. <br>
The necessary access credentials will be provided by us after the booking has been received in the Center. <br>
<br>
Once the upload is complete and has been verified, please send us a brief confirmation regarding the previously transmitted information. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
Following successful verification, we will notify you as soon as there are updates regarding the import.
[[File:VRA-2.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
<span id="vSphere_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
== Create vSphere Backup Job ==
 
Once you have finished installing and configuring the agent, you can create a new "Job for VMware vSphere".<br>
The following screenshot shows an example of a new job for a vSphere environment. Please enter a job name and optionally a description and the encryption password.<br>
You can either include all virtual machines in the backup by selecting the "Virtual Machines" level, so all virtual machines are included recursively. This option offers the advantage that new virtual machines are automatically added to the backup job.<br>
Alternatively, you can select individual VMs and add them to the backup set.<br>
[[Datei:VRA-3.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Optional:Advanced Settings:''' <br>
<span id="Anwendungskonsistente_Sicherung_aktivieren"></span>
=== Enable application consistent backup ===


As soon as you "enable application consistent backup" an application consistent snapshot can be created based on a Microsoft VSS snapshot.<br>
<span id="Datenträger_einsenden"></span>
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.
== Send in data carrier ==
<span id="Protokolle_der_Datenbanktransaktionen_kürzen"></span>
=== Truncate database transaction logs ===


In addition to application-consistent backup, transaction logs from Microsoft Exchange or SQL Server instances can be truncated.
'''Please ensure that the dataset is complete.'''<br>
<span id="Bedrohungserkennung_aktivieren"></span>
'''Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.'''<br>
=== Enable Threat Detection ===
'''Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.''' <br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Initialsicherung-Fragmente.PNG|350px|border]]<br>
<br>
Before shipping, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.<br>
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending in the storage medium.<br>
<br>
If the initial backup completed successfully but an error message appears in the log file after the successful completion notice, we recommend consulting the following Wiki article:<br>
[[Backup_Fehlerdiagnose#SSET-E-04104 Die Anforderung ist fehlgeschlagen. Der Remote-Server meldete folgenden Fehler: RPC-E-FAILED, allgemeiner RPC-Fehler / UTIL-W-05229 Konfigurationsdateien konnten nicht hochgeladen werden: Datei konnte nicht hochgeladen werden. C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Agent\Jobname.status.cfg|SSET-E-04104 The request failed. The remote server reported the following error: RPC-E-FAILED, general RPC error / UTIL-W-05229 Configuration files could not be uploaded: File could not be uploaded. C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Agent\Jobname.status.cfg]]<br>
<br>
Once all outstanding questions and issues have been resolved, the storage medium can be sent to the following address, together with the completed [https://downloads.terracloud.de/files/Formulare%20&%20Zertifikate/terra%20CLOUD_Einsendeformular.pdf submission form]: <br>
<br>
'''TERRA CLOUD GmbH''' <br>
'''Hankamp 2''' <br>
'''32609 Hüllhorst''' <br>
<br>
Notifications regarding the import or shipping status of the storage medium are handled via automated business processes. <br>
<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> Under no circumstances should you send us unencrypted raw data belonging to your end customer! </p>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> Such data will be returned to the sender unprocessed. </p>


When backing up active virtual machines with Windows guest operating systems, the vSphere Recovery Agent can scan the system for active ransomeware.<br>
= '''Backup Export''' =
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.<br>
The Enable Threat Detection option requires guest operating system credentials.
<span id="Diesen_Sicherungsjob_bei_Fertigstellung_überprüfen"></span>
=== Verify this backup job upon completion ===


Following the backup, a recovery test of the virtual machines is performed via fast VM recovery.<br>
In order to save data on a local medium, for example for long-term backup, we can export your backups.
Please note that this function must be set up in the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Automated_recovery_tests Agent Configuration].<br>
The export is encrypted and in the so-called vault format, so that the exported data must be read in with additional software before an agent can process and restore it.<br>
Furthermore, this option is only visible if the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery prerequisites for Rapid VM Recovery] are met.
<br>
<span id="Globale_VM-Anmeldeinformationen"></span>
Please note that this is a paid process. Further information about the process (offer, procedure, etc.) is available from our cloud sales department: [mailto:cloud@wortmann.de cloud@wortmann.de] <br>
=== Global VM Credentials ===
As soon as you have received the desired data set, you can continue with the steps below. <br>
It should also be noted that it is '''not''' possible to export backups via the Hyper-V agent. <br>
<br>
The required software can be found at:<br>
[https://backup.terracloud.de/Download/SecondaryRestoreServer-8-70-0266.exe Secondary Restore Server]<br>
== Secondary Restore Server ==


The entered access data will be used for all virtual machines in the backup set.
The Secondary Restore Server reads the exported data and presents it as a virtual vault in the existing network.<br>
<span id="Gast-BS-Anmeldeinformationen"></span>
*Please navigate to the folder structure of the exported data in the Secondary Restore Server
=== Guest OS Credentials ===
*Store the data of the exported vault account, e.g. B. (45814-END CUSTOMER), as well as the vault account password
*Start sharing via the Secondary Restore Server (Start)
*Agents can then access the share as if it were a normal vault.
[[File:Secondaryrestoreserver.png|border|Secondary Restore Server]]<br>
<br>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einzelnen_Dateien(Secondary_Restore_Server)"></span>
== Restore individual files (Secondary Restore Server) ==


If you would like to assign access data individually for each virtual machine, you can enter these in the backup set below the virtual machine by displaying the input field using the blue arrow.
Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:<br>
[[Datei:VRA-3.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-1.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 1]]<br>
<span id="Rapid_VM_Recovery_(schnelle_VM-Wiederherstellung)"></span>
<br>
== Rapid VM Recovery ==
[[File:CrossRestore-2.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 2]]<br>
 
<br>
The Rapid VM Recovery option allows you to start a VM directly from the backup.<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-3.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 3]]<br>
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to this rapid access; additionally, the feature is suitable for performing a recovery test in just a few minutes.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Prerequisites:'''
[[File:CrossRestore-4.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 4]]<br>
* Available only in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault.
* Each ESXi host must have a software iSCSI adapter.
* The datastore where the VM is started can be located on local, iSCSI, or vSAN storage.
* A datastore intended as the migration target for a VM can be located on an NFS share, in addition to the storage types mentioned above.
* A minimum of two datastores must be available in total.
* vSphere Recovery Agent 8.82 or higher.
* The Windows Server hosting the VRA must have the "iSCSI Target Server" Windows feature installed.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration of an ESXi host for Rapid VM Recovery:''' <br>
[[File:CrossRestore-5.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 5]]<br>
In the screenshot below, an iSCSI software adapter has been added via vCenter using the "Add Software Adapter" option. [[File:ISCSI Software Adapter.png|none|1500px]]<br>
Additionally, a VMkernel adapter without the service role enabled was added, as shown in the following screenshot:
[[File:VMkerneladapter.png|none|1500px]]<br>
'''Procedure:'''
Once all prerequisites are met, an additional option—"Virtual Machine option using Rapid VM Recovery"—becomes available under "Restore": <br>
[[File:RVMR.png|framed|none]]<br>
You then proceed to the recovery configuration.<br>
Here, in addition to selecting which VM to restore, you can also define which datastore should be used.<br>
The following screenshot shows the "Rapid VM Recovery Datastore," which was configured specifically for tasks such as recovery and functional testing.<br>
During the recovery process, you can migrate the VM to a different datastore—for example, the one hosting your production systems.
[[File:RVMR1.png|framed|none]]<br>
== Best Practice ==
 
* Install the vSphere Recovery Agent in its own Windows Server VM; if possible, this will only be used for management or backup
* Keep the vSphere Recovery Agent VM highly available via vSphere HA
* Use a satellite for TERRA CLOUD backup to be able to use Rapid VM Recovery
* Place the vSphere Recovery Agent VM on the same subnet as the vCenter Server Appliance
* Enable the "Application Aware Backup" option in the backup job
* Use Change Block Tracking to back up virtual machines; this setting can be found under the "vCenter Settings" tab.
= '''Hyper-V Agent''' =
 
<span id="Dokumentation_Hyper-V_Agent"></span>
== Documentation Hyper-V Agent ==
 
The following sections contain, among other things, information about setting up and configuring the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V agent. <br>
You can find extensive documentation and further information in the [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiGzKBSTmudPr34qNKunTw/Hyper-V%20Agent%209.4%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf Hyper-V Agent User Guide ]
== Installation ==
 
The following concise guide outlines the essential steps for setting up the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Setup sequence:'''<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-6.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 6]]<br>
1. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management <br>
2. Configure the Management Agent in the Backup Portal (establish connection to the Hyper-V environment, add the computer to the vault) <br>
3. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Single-host Hyper-V systems: <br>'''
[[File:CrossRestore-7.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 7]]<br>
In this scenario, you can install both the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Management Agent and the Host Agent directly on the Hyper-V host ("root"/"parent" partition). <br>
However, please still observe the setup sequence listed above.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Hyper-V clusters:''' <br>
<span id="BMR_Wiederherstellung(Secondary_Restore_Server)"></span>
Because the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent is split into two software components (Management and Host), it is ideally suited for use in a cluster environment.<br>
== BMR Restore(Secondary Restore Server) ==
We recommend installing the Management Agent in an administrative VM within the Hyper-V cluster; this allows it to run on different hosts and ensures high availability via the failover cluster. <br>
 
After completing setup steps 1 and 2, you can proceed to step 3 and install the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster.<br>
For instructions on how to initiate a BMR, see: [[Backup/en#Bare_Metal_Restore| Bare Metal Restore]]
Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:<br>
[[File:BMR-1.PNG|border|BMR Step 1]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management:''' <br>
[[File:BMR-2.PNG|border|BMR Step 2]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Setup step 1''' <br>
[[File:BMR-3.PNG|border|BMR Step 3]]<br>
Please run the installer on the desired system and follow the on-screen instructions.<br>
In the final step—as with all other TERRA CLOUD Backup agents—you configure the registration with the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.<br>
You can either select a user within the site who has sufficient permissions, or register the system to your parent site and move it later. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Setup Step 2''' <br>
[[File:BMR-4.PNG|border|BMR Step 4]]<br>
Once installation is successfully completed, the system should appear under the selected site in the backup portal.<br>
Please follow the instructions in the backup portal to establish a connection to the Hyper-V environment and subsequently add the computer to the vault.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Installing the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host:''' <br>
[[File:BMR-5.PNG|border|BMR Step 5]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Setup Step 3''' <br>
= '''Agent Skripting''' =
After successfully configuring the Hyper-V agent in Step 2, you can install the host agent on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster or on the standalone host.<br>
 
For a cluster installation, specify the FQDN of the system where the management agent is active in order to establish a connection to it.<br>
== Windows Agent ==
Once installation is successful, the respective node should appear as "online" under the "Hosts" tab in the backup portal.
 
<span id="Rapid_VM_Recovery_(schnelle_VM-Wiederherstellung)"></span>
=== Installation ===
== Rapid VM Recovery ==


The quick VM restore recovery option gives you the option to start a VM from the backup.<br>
<span id="Windows_Agent_per_Kommandozeile_ansprechen"></span>
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to quick access, and the function is also suitable for carrying out a recovery test in just a few minutes.
=== Address Windows Agent via command line ===
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
=== Requirements ===


# Hybrid TERRA CLOUD backup with a TERRA CLOUD Backup satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise
Please first change to the agent's installation directory in CMD or PowerShell, by default this is 'C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\'<br>
# Hyper-V Checkpoints must be enabled for the secured VMs (for more information, see: [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/manage/enable-or-disable-checkpoints-in-hyper-v Hyper-V Checkpoints])
To start a backup, the following parameters must be passed to VV.exe:
<span id="Anzahl_der_VMs_pro_Sicherungsdurchlauf_reduzieren"></span>
*VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (CMD) <br>
== Reduce number of VMs per backup run ==  
*.\VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (PowerShell)<br>
You can use the /retention=RetentionName parameter to determine which retention type should be used.<br>
Please replace "RetentionName" with the name of the retention period, which you can view in the [[Backup/en#Advanced_Agent_Configuration|Advanced Agent Settings]].
<span id="Windows_Agent_per_Skript_ansprechen"></span>
=== Address Windows Agent via script ===


The TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent backs up up to 16 virtual machines per Hyper-V host simultaneously within a single job.<br>
The desired commands can be stored in a script.<br>
Recommended formats are '''.bat''' and '''.cmd'''<br>
<br>
Scripts can be extended as desired, e.g. to store pre- and post-commands, i.e. commands before or after the backup.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Preparation:'''<br>
Example script: <br>
# Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service"
@echo off<br>
# Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all hosts managed by the management component
cd "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"<br>
# Navigate to the following directory of the management component ''(default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management\Data\Configuration)''
echo "Start backup" >> backuplog.txt<br>
# Create a backup copy of the file "''AgentCoordinator.cfg''" and save it outside the agent directory
VV.exe backup BMR /retention=Daily <br>
# Navigate to the following directory of the host component (default path: ''C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration'')
echo "Backup performed" >> backuplog.txt<br>
# Create a backup copy of the file "''AgentWorker.cfg''" and save it outside the agent directory
[[File:Backupskript.png|none]]
# Repeat step 6 for all host agents connected to the management agent
<span id="Skript_vor_dem_Herunterfahren_ausführen"></span>
'''Editing the configuration:'''<br>
=== Run script before shutdown ===
# Open the management agent's configuration file "''AgentCoordinator.cfg''" ''(default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management)''
# Add the [Advanced] section with the parameter MaximumConcurrency and the desired value, e.g. ...5 in JSON format (see screenshot below) and save the file.
# Open the host agent configuration file "AgentWorker.cfg" (default path: "C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration").
# Change the value of the setting "MaximumConcurrency": 16, to the value specified in step 1 within AgentCoordinator.cfg.
# Repeat steps 3–4 for all host agents connected to the management agent.
# Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service".
# Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all connected hosts.
'''Screenshot for editing step 2:'''
[[File:AgentCoordinator.cfg.png|framed|none]]
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Please note that the value must not be configured higher than the default value of 16. <br>
If the services fail to start after these adjustments, please perform a rollback using the backups you created. <br>
= '''A'''utomatic '''B'''are Metal '''S'''ystem '''R'''estore '''T'''est (ABSRT-Tool) =


<span id="Allgemeines"></span>
You can integrate your created script into the system's pre-shutdown event with the following configuration. This is particularly recommended for client systems that are not consistently in use.<br>
== General ==
Please carry out the following steps to store a script: <br>
# Open Local Group Policy Editor (WIN + R "gpedit.msc")<br>
# Store your created script under "Computer Configuration -> Windows Settings -> Scripts (Startup/Shutdown)<br>
# Click "Shutdown" and add your script via "Add". <br>
# Please adjust the following registry key: ''HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\gpsvc\PreshutdownTimeout''<br>
# This key defines the length of the pre-shutdown event, which is set to 15 minutes by default. Please increase this value so that a backup can be created during this time.
# In the Local Group Policy Editor, please navigate to "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> Scripts <br>
# Adjust the "Specify maximum wait time for Group Policy scripts" setting. You can enter a value of up to 32,000 seconds or 0 for an infinite waiting time.
# Please note that you have adjusted the rights accordingly. <br>
::We have described further information about this in the following Wiki article: [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#PreshutdownTimeout_Value PreshutdownTimeout Value Authorization]
[[File:Preshutdown.png|gerahmt|left]] [[File:Maximale Wartezeit für Gruppenrichtlinienskripts angeben.png|boxed|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Neuen_benutzerdefinierten_Befehl_erstellen"></span>
=== Create new custom command ===
 
This option gives you the opportunity to add a schedule to scripts that have already been created via the backup portal.
[[File:Neuer benutzerdefinierter Befehl.png|framed|ohne]]
When you create a new custom command, the agent checks whether there are scripts stored in the agent directory in the "ScheduleScripts" batch files subfolder.<br>
The standard path to this directory in which a script for this function can be stored:<br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts''<br>
In the following screenshot you can see a selected script with a configured schedule:
[[File:Benutzerdefinierter Befehlt.jpg|framed|ohne]]
'''Recommendation:'''
A custom command's schedule can only be created as a single-line schedule.
Please check our [[Backup/en#Agent_Skripting_Best_Practice|Best Practice]] for agent scripting to avoid this disadvantage.
=== Agent Skripting Best Practice ===


Regular BMR test backups are a necessity for the quality management of a backup concept. <br>
The backup agent can be tailored to specific application scenarios through the use of scripts.
Manual tests are time-consuming and therefore costly; automation can help here and reduce the time spent on configuration and control.<br>
We recommend using the following guide as a basis for your scenario.<br>
<br>
<br>
The ABSRT tool creates virtual machines based on Microsoft Hyper-V, which have a prepared restore ISO. <br>
'''Preparation:''' <br>
All data that would have to be entered for a manual backup, such as the system name or the address of the vault system, are read from a CSV file and entered in the recovery process. <br>
What needs to be prepared before using the following scripts?
The most recent safeset is used dynamically for the recovery test. <br>
#Install the agent on the system to be protected
After the automated configuration is completed, a full backup is performed, including the system start after successful completion.<br>
#Link the system to the vault in the Backup Portal
#Create backup job(s) without a schedule
'''Step 1: Create a batch file''' <br>
Create a batch file (.bat) with the following structure:<br>
''powershell.exe -ExecutionPolicy Bypass -File "Path to PowerShell script\agentscripting_retention.ps1"''<br>
Please adjust this batch file later to match the path and name you have assigned to the PowerShell script.<br>
Copy the created batch script into the following folder within the agent's installation directory: <br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts (default)''<br>
In the Backup Portal, for the relevant system, click on [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_new_custom_command "New custom command"] under "Select job task".<br> <br>
Using this function, you can select a stored batch script and assign a schedule to it; please configure the desired time (e.g., 10 PM).<br>
<br>
'''Function:''' <br>
This batch file will subsequently be launched by the backup agent itself according to the schedule. <br>
The batch file launches PowerShell and the second script.<br>
Since PowerShell is significantly more extensive and flexible, the first script serves solely to invoke PowerShell.<br>
<br>
<br>
To further increase efficiency, you can also parallelize the recovery by storing the data from several BMR backup jobs in the CSV file.<br>
'''Step 2: Create PowerShell script''' <br>
In this step, you create the PowerShell script that is triggered by the batch script from '''Step 1'''.<br>
This script calls the backup agent to perform a backup.<br>
Additionally, it allows for the use of different retention periods and the inclusion of pre- and post-commands.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''The current version of ABSRT is only supported on Windows Server operating systems due to compatibility issues.'''
'''Content:''' <br>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
Please create a PowerShell script (.ps1) with, for example, the following content:
== Requirements ==
''Set-Location "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"''
 
''$date = Get-Date
# Participation in the [https://b2b.wortmann.de/de-de/productlist/2996422/schulungen/nav-campus.aspx TERRA CLOUD Backup Certified Specialist Training]
$currentday = $date.Day
# At least one Microsoft Hyper-V host with corresponding free capacity for the test VMs
$lastday = [DateTime]::DaysInMonth($date.Year, $date.Month)
# The test VMs require access to a DHCP server
if ($lastday -eq $currentday){
# An external vSwitch must be available
'''Placeholder for pre-commands'''
# Activated Windows Server license
.\VV.exe backup '''NameOfBackupJob''' /quickscan=true /retention=Monthly
# Certified Specialist ABSRT license (available upon request from [mailto:support@terracloud.de Support])
'''Placeholder for post-commands'''
<span id="Einrichtung"></span>
}
== Setup ==
else{
'''Placeholder for pre-commands'''
.\VV.exe backup '''NameOfBackupJob''' /quickscan=true /retention=Daily
'''Placeholder for post-commands'''
}''
'''Function:'''<br>
This PowerShell script switches to the agent's installation directory and checks the current date.<br>
If the date matches the total number of days in the month (the dynamic last day of the month), a backup with the retention type "Monthly" is performed.<br>
On all other days, the retention type "Daily" is used.<br>
<br>
'''Advantages of this implementation:'''
# You can utilize the full range of PowerShell functions and customize this base script as desired customize for your customers
# The schedule can be created via the Backup Portal and does not need to be implemented via the script
# You can use pre- and post-commands to stop databases prior to the backup if they cannot be brought into a consistent state using VSS technology
== Linux Agent  ==


When you start the ABSRT tool for the first time, the tool will ask you for a Certified Specialist ABSRT license:<br>
In addition to the portal, the Linux agent can also be accessed via created scripts. <br>
[[File:Lizenz.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
You can contact the agents directly via a created script. As in the following example script (CustomScript.sh):<br>
After you have entered a valid license, the installation path selection appears:<br>
''nano CustomScript.sh''<br>
[[File:Install Path.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
''cd /opt/BUAgent''<br>
The following required components are then checked/installed:<br>
''./VV backup RootDir''<br>
# Hyper-V Installation
In the example, RootDir is the backup job name.<br>
# If configured, VeraCrypt
The script (e.g.: CustomScript.sh) must then be given the appropriate rights. To do this, please execute the following command: <br>
If software components are missing, they are installed automatically by the tool.<br>
''chmod +x CustomScript.sh''<br>
If the Hyper-V component is installed, a restart must be performed.<br>
[[File:Preparation.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
<span id="Vorbereitung_der_CSV_Datei"></span>
=== Preparation of the CSV file ===
 
Please navigate to the installation directory of the tool and open the "CSV" folder (e.g. under C:\ABSRT\CSV). <br>
This folder contains the "Backups.csv" file, which you can use as the basis for your configuration. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Important! The first line serves as a legend and must not be adjusted!'''<br>
Optionally, you can schedule scripts via the Backup Portal by completing the following steps:<br>
<br>
*Under Linux, by default, no folder called "ScheduleScripts" is created in the installation directory. Please create this with e.g. ''mkdir ScheduleScripts''<br>
Example:<br>
*Place the created script (.bat or .cmd) in the agent directory in the newly created ScheduledScripts folder
<code>Vaultaddress,Vaultaccount,Vaultaccountpassword,Computername,Jobname,EncryptionPassword,VHDXCapacity,VMGeneration,OSVersion,VHDXStorage,VSwitchName,AmountOfPhysicalDisks,SendEmail</code><br>
*In the Backup Portal, select "Create a new custom command" via "Select job task" and select your script
==> vault-wmh1-wp01.terracloud.de,00000-RESELLER,RtHKha451!HjioplÖ03,DC,BMR,hdakzeogsz1,300,2,2019,D,extern,3,n<br>
*Create a schedule for the script
[[File:Neuen-benutzerdefinierten-Befehl.png|none]]<br>
<br />
= '''A'''utomatic '''B'''are Metal '''S'''ystem '''R'''estore '''T'''est (ABSRT-Tool) =
 
<span id="Allgemeines"></span>
== General ==
 
Regular BMR test backups are a necessity for the quality management of a backup concept. <br>
Manual tests are time-consuming and therefore costly; automation can help here and reduce the time spent on configuration and control.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
The ABSRT tool creates virtual machines based on Microsoft Hyper-V, which have a prepared restore ISO. <br>
If there is a comma in the encryption password, the entire encryption password must be enclosed in double quotation marks <br>
All data that would have to be entered for a manual backup, such as the system name or the address of the vault system, are read from a CSV file and entered in the recovery process. <br>
The most recent safeset is used dynamically for the recovery test. <br>
After the automated configuration is completed, a full backup is performed, including the system start after successful completion.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example of an encryption password with the special character comma:''' <br>
To further increase efficiency, you can also parallelize the recovery by storing the data from several BMR backup jobs in the CSV file.<br>
"Ghgui385as,"
<br>
<br>
You can save the CSV file under any name you like. We recommend creating a separate CSV file for each end customer.<br>
'''The current version of ABSRT is only supported on Windows Server operating systems due to compatibility issues.'''
<span id="Erklärung_der_Parameter"></span>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
=== Explanation of parameters ===
== Requirements ==


'''Vaultaddress'''<br>
# Participation in the [https://b2b.wortmann.de/de-de/productlist/2996422/schulungen/nav-campus.aspx TERRA CLOUD Backup Certified Specialist Training]
FQDN of the vault system <br>
# At least one Microsoft Hyper-V host with corresponding free capacity for the test VMs
<br>
# The test VMs require access to a DHCP server
'''Vaultaccount'''<br>
# An external vSwitch must be available
Vault account; you can find this in your vault profile, for example <br>
# Activated Windows Server license
<br>
# Certified Specialist ABSRT license (available upon request from [mailto:support@terracloud.de Support])
'''Vaultaccountpassword'''<br>
<span id="Einrichtung"></span>
You received this password in the provisioning confirmation <br>
== Setup ==
 
When you start the ABSRT tool for the first time, the tool will ask you for a Certified Specialist ABSRT license:<br>
[[File:Lizenz.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
After you have entered a valid license, the installation path selection appears:<br>
[[File:Install Path.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
The following required components are then checked/installed:<br>
# Hyper-V Installation
# If configured, VeraCrypt
If software components are missing, they are installed automatically by the tool.<br>
If the Hyper-V component is installed, a restart must be performed.<br>
[[File:Preparation.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
<span id="Vorbereitung_der_CSV_Datei"></span>
=== Preparation of the CSV file ===
 
Please navigate to the installation directory of the tool and open the "CSV" folder (e.g. under C:\ABSRT\CSV). <br>
This folder contains the "Backups.csv" file, which you can use as the basis for your configuration. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Computername'''<br>
'''Important! The first line serves as a legend and must not be adjusted!'''<br>
Computer name on the vault system; this does not necessarily have to match the name displayed in the Backup Portal—please check your reseller report if in doubt <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Jobname'''<br>
Example:<br>
Name of the backup job <br>
<code>Vaultaddress,Vaultaccount,Vaultaccountpassword,Computername,Jobname,EncryptionPassword,VHDXCapacity,VMGeneration,OSVersion,VHDXStorage,VSwitchName,AmountOfPhysicalDisks,SendEmail</code><br>
==> vault-wmh1-wp01.terracloud.de,00000-RESELLER,RtHKha451!HjioplÖ03,DC,BMR,hdakzeogsz1,300,2,2019,D,extern,3,n<br>
<br>
<br>
'''EncryptionPassword'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
If there is a comma in the encryption password, the entire encryption password must be enclosed in double quotation marks <br>
<br>
'''Example of an encryption password with the special character comma:''' <br>
"Ghgui385as,"
<br>
You can save the CSV file under any name you like. We recommend creating a separate CSV file for each end customer.<br>
<span id="Erklärung_der_Parameter"></span>
=== Explanation of parameters ===
 
'''Vaultaddress'''<br>
FQDN of the vault system <br>
<br>
'''Vaultaccount'''<br>
Vault account; you can find this in your vault profile, for example <br>
<br>
'''Vaultaccountpassword'''<br>
You received this password in the provisioning confirmation <br>
<br>
'''Computername'''<br>
Computer name on the vault system; this does not necessarily have to match the name displayed in the Backup Portal—please check your reseller report if in doubt <br>
<br>
'''Jobname'''<br>
Name of the backup job <br>
<br>
'''EncryptionPassword'''<br>
The encryption password for the selected backup job <br>
The encryption password for the selected backup job <br>
<br>
<br>
Zeile 2.673: Zeile 2.764:
== Agent functions ==
== Agent functions ==


The "Backup Jobs" function allows you to execute previously created backup jobs of the installed Windows Agent and to view the log files of the performed backups.. <br>
The "Backup Jobs" function allows you to execute previously created backup jobs of the installed Windows Agent and to view the log files of the performed backups.. <br>
[[File:Agenten Funktionen Backup Assistant.png|border]]<br>
[[File:Agenten Funktionen Backup Assistant.png|border]]<br>
=== Backup Reset ===
=== Backup Reset ===
 
 
This function removes metadata (e.g. the delta information) from the job directory of the selected backup job. <br>
This function removes metadata (e.g. the delta information) from the job directory of the selected backup job. <br>
After deletion, the tool performs a synchronization to recreate the removed metadata.
After deletion, the tool performs a synchronization to recreate the removed metadata.
This process may take some time.<br>
This process may take some time.<br>
This process may be necessary to resolve various error patterns. <br>
This process may be necessary to resolve various error patterns. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example:'''<br>
'''Example:'''<br>
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#Invalid_file_format_or_delta_map_file_is_corrupted delta assignment file is damaged]<br>
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#Invalid_file_format_or_delta_map_file_is_corrupted delta assignment file is damaged]<br>
<br>
<br>
== Support Bundle ==
== Support Bundle ==
 
 
With the support bundle, all necessary information and logs such as VSS logs, system event logs and backup job logs are brought together and packed into a .zip file. <br>
With the support bundle, all necessary information and logs such as VSS logs, system event logs and backup job logs are brought together and packed into a .zip file. <br>
This can help us find the cause in various support cases.<br>
This can help us find the cause in various support cases.<br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Überwachung"></span>
<span id="Überwachung"></span>
='''Monitoring'''=
='''Monitoring'''=
 
 
<span id="Reiter_&quot;Überwachung&quot;_im_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal"></span>
<span id="Reiter_&quot;Überwachung&quot;_im_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal"></span>
== “Monitoring” tab in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal ==
== “Monitoring” tab in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal ==
 
 
This function of the TERRA CLOUD backup portal offers you a comprehensive overview of the status of all backup jobs. <br>
This feature of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal provides a comprehensive overview of the status of all backup jobs. <br>
In addition, open agent processes are displayed (ongoing backups, restores, etc.). <br>
Additionally, active agent processes (ongoing backups, restores, etc.) are displayed. <br>
This overview can be accessed across customers via the parent site or within a created site and thus for a specific end customer.<br>
This overview can be accessed across all customers via the parent site or within a specific site, thereby focusing on a particular end customer.<br>
In addition to the backup status, the value of the '''last backup completed''' is particularly important because you can compare this date with the date of the '''last backup'''.<br>
In addition to the current backup status, the timestamp of the '''last completed backup''' is particularly important, as it allows you to compare this date with the date of the '''most recent backup attempt'''.<br>
From the combination of this information, you can estimate whether a failed backup is critical because, for example, the date of the last completed backup is too far in the past.<br>
By combining this information, you can assess whether a failed backup is critical—for instance, if the date of the last successful backup is too far in the past.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Open Processes''':<br>
A new addition is a graphical representation of the backup history over the last 28 days.<br>
You can recognize open processes by the circle consisting of two arrows and the number next to it. If you click on the symbol you will be taken directly to the overview of the process.
This view displays 28 colored status bars visualizing the backup status for each day, providing a quick overview of the backup history.<br>
[[File:Überwachung.png|1300 px|ohne]]<br>
Hovering your mouse cursor over a bar allows you to view further details regarding the backups performed on that specific day.<br>
<span id="Export_der_Überwachungsübersicht_per_Mail"></span>
<br>
=== Export of the monitoring overview by email ===
'''Note:'''<br>
Please note that only '''past days''' are displayed; i.e., the first bar on the far right shows the status from yesterday.<br>
<br>
The colors indicate the following:
* <span style="color:#D3DE85">'''Green'''</span><br>At least one backup started on that day completed successfully without any warnings or errors.
* <span style="color:#F9E073">'''Yellow'''</span><br>At least one backup started on that day completed with warnings or was deferred.<br>However, no backup completed successfully without warnings or errors.
* <span style="color:#C84C28">'''Red'''</span><br>At least one backup started on this day finished with errors, failed, was aborted, or could not back up any data.<br>No backup was successfully completed on this day.
* <span style="color:#C7C7C7">'''Gray'''</span><br>No backup was performed for the relevant backup job on this day; scheduled backups were skipped, are still in progress, or no backup activity took place.<br>In some cases, this status may also appear briefly if a backup has just successfully completed but the status information in the portal has not yet fully updated.
<br>
'''Active processes''':<br>
You can identify active processes by the circle consisting of two arrows and the adjacent number; clicking the icon takes you directly to the process overview.
[[Datei:Überwachung.png|1300 px|none]]<br>
<span id="Export_der_Überwachungsübersicht_per_Mail"></span>
=== Export of the monitoring overview by email ===
 
You can schedule regular export in various file formats for the monitoring view using the 'Email/Schedule' drop-down menu. <br>
For an automatic evaluation of a monitoring or ticket system, you can e.g. B. select the file format 'CSV'. <br>
If you want an export for a single end customer, you can configure this via a site user with the "Administrator" role.<br>
To do this, please log in to the backup portal with the site user and configure the export within this end customer.
The export from the following example includes the backup jobs of all sites/end customers.<br>
[[File:Export-Überwachung.png|600 px|ohne]]<br>


You can schedule regular export in various file formats for the monitoring view using the 'Email/Schedule' drop-down menu. <br>
For an automatic evaluation of a monitoring or ticket system, you can e.g. B. select the file format 'CSV'. <br>
If you want an export for a single end customer, you can configure this via a site user with the "Administrator" role.<br>
To do this, please log in to the backup portal with the site user and configure the export within this end customer.
The export from the following example includes the backup jobs of all sites/end customers.<br>
[[File:Export-Überwachung.png|600 px|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Jobstatus_in_XML-Datei_auswerten"></span>
<span id="Jobstatus_in_XML-Datei_auswerten"></span>
== Evaluate job status in XML file ==
== Evaluate job status in XML file ==

Aktuelle Version vom 30. Juni 2026, 13:51 Uhr

Introduction

What characterizes the TERRA CLOUD backup solution?

Communication between all involved components is always encrypted. Only a single agent needs to be installed on the server to be backed up.
This agent subsequently connects to our data center via ports 8086 and 8087.
Since the connection is initiated outbound from the server being backed up, no inbound firewall rules or NAT configurations are required.
Administration is managed via the multi-tenant TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
Within this portal, you can view all servers that have been linked to your account through agent registration.
The backup solution consists essentially of three components: Agent, Portal, and Vault.
The Agent is the software component that runs as a service on your servers.
The Portal is used to configure and administer these agents.
The Vault is the secure data repository where the backups are stored.

Function overview

TERRA CLOUD Backup - Functional Overview
Fuse Windows Agent Linux Agent vSphere Agent Hyper-V Agent
Bare-Metal Restore
Alterable backups (WORM)
Hybrid Cloud Backup (Satellite)
Backup of virtual systems (servers, VDI)
Backup deferral (initial backup)
Renewed Backup Attempts
Initialbackup ext. HDD/FTP
Protocol truncation (MS Exchange and MS SQL)
Microsoft VSS Support
Backup of physical systems (servers, clients)
Backup of network shares
Backup/Excluding Files and Folders
Threat Detection
Windows_Backup_Event_Triggers
High Frequent Backup - Hourly Backups
Restore
Bare-Metal Restore
Restore files and folders
Restore from another computer
Recovery to IaaS Cloud (DRaaS)
Rapid VM Recovery (Satellite Vault)
Rapid VM Recovery (Enterprise Vault)
Storage
Storage of backups for up to one year
Storage of backups for up to ten years
Automation
Script-based control
Automated BMR test restores
Fully Automated Setup
Patch management of the backup software
Monitoring
Interface for ext. Backup sensors
Mail notification via the backup portal
Included in TERRA CLOUD Backup Basic/Standard
Also included in TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise

Product presentation and initial setup

To make getting started with TERRA CLOUD Backup as clear as possible, the following diagram illustrates the complete setup process—ranging from the installation of the agent and its automatic configuration via the Backup Portal to the final installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup agent.
It highlights the stages where the process can be significantly accelerated and standardized through features such as automatic agent configuration.

Following the diagram, we recommend familiarizing yourself with the fundamental concepts and functions of TERRA CLOUD Backup.
The recordings from the TERRACAST‑Themenwoche „TERRA CLOUD Backup“ serve as a valuable supplement to this.
Although these sessions took place some time ago, they still provide valuable insights into the basics, typical use cases, and best practices relevant to understanding the current solution.

Requirements

Supported operating systems

Windows Agent

Windows Server:

  • Windows Server 2025: Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
  • Windows Server 2022: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
  • Windows Server 2019: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
  • Windows Server 2016: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core

Windows Client:

  • Windows 11: Home, Pro, Enterprise (Version 24H2)
  • Windows 10: Home, Pro, Enterprise (Version 22H2)

Plug-ins:
Please refer to the supported platforms and applications of the respective plug-ins in the Agent Doku/Release Notes

Linux Agent

  • Debian 12 (up to Update 5)
  • Debian 11 (up to Update 9)
  • Debian 10 (up to Update 13)
  • openSUSE Linux 15 (up to Service Pack 5) A)
  • Oracle Linux 9 (up to Update 4)
  • Oracle Linux 8 (up to Update 10)
  • Oracle Linux 7 (up to Update 9)
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 9 (up to Update 4)
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 8 (up to Update 10)
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 7 (up to Update 9)
  • Rocky Linux 9 (up to Update 4)
  • Rocky Linux 8 (up to Update 10)
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 (up to Service Pack 5) A)
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (up to Service Pack 5) A) B)
  • Ubuntu Servers 24.04
  • Ubuntu Server 22.04
  • Ubuntu Server 20.04
  • Ubuntu Server 18.04


Notes:
Since CentOS Stream is a pre-release version of RHEL and does not have long-term stable releases, the Linux agent on CentOS Stream is not supported.

A) This platform is not supported when using the standard BTRFS file system.
B) The agent is supported on this platform, but BMR backups are only supported for BIOS-based systems (not UEFI-based systems).

Supported file systems on Linux:

  • ext2
  • ext3
  • ext4
  • XFS
  • GFS
  • ReiserFS
  • JFS

The BTRFS file system is not supported.

Supported Agent Versions

Windows Agent
Operating system Agent version x86 Agent version x64 Notice
Windows Server 2003 7.34.4009a 7.34.4009a EOL
Windows Server 2008 + R2 10/9/1013 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows Server 2012 + R2 - 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows Server 2016 - 9.40.1031 -
Windows Server 2019 - 9.40.1031 -
Windows Server 2022 - 9.40.1031 -
Windows Server 2025 - 9.40.1031 -
Windows 7 10/9/1013 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows 8 + 8.1 10/9/1013 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows 10 10/9/1013 9.40.1031 -
Windows 11 - 9.40.1031 -

Any operating system marked "EOL" can continue to be backed up using the corresponding agent version. However, neither Microsoft nor our software vendor provides support for these platforms. We wish to point out that TERRA CLOUD can provide only "best-effort support" in such cases. Should an error occur, we are unable to escalate the issue to the software vendor.
It is strongly recommended that operating systems be kept up to date. If updating is not possible, regular test restores should be performed.

Hyper-V Agent
Operating system Agent version x86 Agent version x64 note
Windows Server >= 2012 R2 - 9.13.1002 -
vSphere Agent
Operating system Agent version x86 Agent version x64 note
Windows Server >= 2012 R2 - 9.22.1011 -
Linux agent
Operating system Agent version x86 Agent version x64 note
Supported Linux distributions 8.90.1020 9.40.1011 See Release Notes for supported Linux distributions

Network configuration

TERRA CLOUD Backup Port Overview
Protocol Port Source Destination Function Note
TCP 443 Agent Portal Automatic Agent Updates 185.35.13.210/32
TCP 2546 Agent Vault Connection to the vault for data backup, synchronization, and recovery Secondary vault must also be shared. See backup.terracloud.de -> Quick Links -> Vault Finder
TCP 8086 Agent Portal Registering an agent on the portal 185.35.13.210/32
TCP 8087 Agent AMP Managing agents via the portal 195.4.212.128/25
Port Overview TERRA CLOUD Hybrid Backup
Protocol Port Source Destination Function Note
UDP 123 Satellite Internet NTP Time Synchronization -
TCP 443 Satellite Portal Interface Updates and Support Connect Function -
TCP 2547 Satellite Basevault Heartbeat / Management OLD Satellite Vault Version <= 8.62
TCP 12546 Satellite Basevault Heartbeat / Management NEW Satellite Vault Version > 8.62
TCP 12547 Satellite Basevault Data transfer for backup replication -

Vault

A vault is a virtual system that is operated in the TERRA CLOUD or a partner data center.
This system communicates with the backup agents and receives backups and stores them according to the defined retention periods.
Backup packages include access to a shared backup platform in the form of a Vault account.

Vault-Account

A Vault Account is a unique organizational unit on a Vault system; it is required for authenticating a Backup Agent with the Vault.
The Vault Account name is composed of your customer number at Wortmann AG and the name of your end customer in the TERRA CLOUD Center, written in capital letters.

Example:
12345-ENDKUNDEXY

You require the Vault Account—for instance, when creating a new Vault Profile—so that the Agent can use the data from the profile to authenticate itself with the Vault system.
The Vault Account is entered into the "Account" and "Username" fields.


General

Retention periods

TERRA CLOUD Backup offers you a data backup retention period of up to 365 days in the Standard license model.
The retention period of a data backup on the Vault is determined by the selected retention type.

Retention Types

A retention type consists of two parameters that determine the retention time of a data backup.

Online storage(days):
This parameter specifies the minimum number of days the data backup must be stored on the Vault.

Online copies:
This parameter specifies the minimum number of backup copies required for this backup job.

Important: Linking the parameters
In order for a data backup to be considered expired and to be removed, BOTH parameters must be exceeded.
The safeset must therefore be at least the defined X days old AND there must be at least Y data backups for the backup job.

Preconfigured retention types

The following retention types are pre-configured and automatically created during agent installation.
Please note that 50 safesets are included free of charge per backup job; additional backup points can be added for an extra charge.

Note:
Starting April 1, 2024, 50 safesets can be configured free of charge per backup job.

24-Hour (Hourly Backup):
This retention type is automatically created by a "Sub-Day" schedule and cannot be edited.
It is required for the function High Frequent Backup.
Backups are retained for a maximum of 24 hours.
48-Hour (Hourly Backup):
This retention type is automatically created by a "Sub-Day" schedule and cannot be edited.
It is required for the function High Frequent Backup.
Backups are retained for a maximum of 48 hours.

Daily (daily backup):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per day.
Backups are retained for a total of 30 days each, and the job must contain at least 30 backups.

4xDaily (four daily backups):
This retention type is suitable for four backups per day.
Backups are retained for a total of 10 days each, and the job must contain at least 40 backups.

Monthly (monthly backups):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per month.
The backups are retained for a total of 365 days each, and there must be at least 12 backups in the job.

Yearly (annual backup):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per year and must be used for Retention of backups for 10 years.
The backups are retained for a total of 3653 days each, and there must be at least 10 backups in the job.

Former default retention types

The following standard retention types have been used in the past for TERRA CLOUD backup and may still be stored on the systems:

Daily (7/7 Version):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per day.
In total, the data backups are kept for 7 days each and there must be at least 7 data backups in the job.

Weekly(weekly backup):
This retention type is suitable for one backups per week.
In total, the data backups are kept for 31 days each and there must be at least 5 data backups in the job.

Create individual retention types

If you do not want to use or add to the standard retention types, you have the option of defining your own retention types using the agent's advanced settings:

Consumption values for licensing

The consumption values of a TERRA CLOUD backup account consist of:

  • Natively protected data set of backup jobs
  • Number of protected systems
  • Number of active safesets of the backup jobs

On the 15th calendar day of a month, the above-mentioned consumption values are determined and made available to you in the form of the consumption report on the 16th calendar day.

Consumption values of the active safe sets

50 active safe sets are included in the inclusive quota per backup job and can be distributed depending on the retention scheme and Schedule configuration.
In order for a safeset to be considered expired and to be deleted, the retention parameters “Online storage (days)” and “Online copies” must be exceeded.
This can result in more than 50 safesets being present in the vault at the time of consumption measurement because expired backups have not yet been removed from the vault.
The TERRA CLOUD backup license model therefore includes a free buffer zone of 10 safe sets.
If 61 or more safe sets are used, all safe sets above the inclusive quota will be invoiced.

Safeset consumption zones
Zone Safe set number
Inclusive quota 01 - 50 safe sets
Buffer zone 51 - 60 safe sets
Additional consumption 61 - ∞ Safe sets

Portal

The configuration is carried out as an example as documented in the following sections. The administrator account “backupadmin@terracloud.de” was used for this configuration.
This corresponds to your specialist dealer administrator account (backup master account).

Structure of TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal

Description:
This diagram shows the structure of the Backup Portal. The upper level consists of the parent site, which you can recognize by its name consisting of your Wortmann AG customer number and your company name. Through this level, you can administer (child) sites and centrally access all portal functions. You can create users for both levels; these are shown in the diagram in green for the parent site and in blue for the end customer sites. Please create a separate site for your company, as indicated in the diagram with the NFR site.
You can then move the agents for your systems to this site or register them directly via a user within the site.

Note:
Please only register agents in the parent site if they will subsequently be moved to the associated customer site for further configuration.

Site

A "Site" is an administrative area within the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal that represents an end-customer organization.
Sites enable the separation of your tenants and simplify the management of backed-up systems.
As soon as you book a backup package for a customer, we automatically create a (child) site for you, along with a registration user.
This user can be used exclusively to register new agents with the backup portal; logging into the backup portal itself is not possible with these credentials.
You can find the access details for this registration user under the "Users" tab within the respective site.

Manually create site

Should you ever need to create a site manually, you will find a button for this under the "Sites" tab.
This launches the site creation wizard.



Site name assigned

The first step is to assign a name to the new site.
We recommend, for example, combining your customer's name with their customer number from your ERP system (12345-EndCustomer).
Then click "Next".



Create user

Optionally, you can then create an additional user with admin rights for the customer's site; this user will also be able to log in to the backup portal.

Note:
You can find further information on the various user roles in the permissions concept. The screenshot below shows the configuration for a user with the "Admin" role.
Please note that you must assign agents to users who do not have the "Admin" user role.



Vault Profile

Once a TERRA CLOUD Backup package has been provisioned, you will receive the access credentials for your tenant's vault account.
These credentials are required for authentication between the agents and the vault (storage destination).
These credentials must be saved into a vault profile within the wizard.

Vault Name:
The vault name is the display name for the vault profile.
Recommendation:
For simplicity, we recommend using the vault's FQDN (e.g., vault-wmh2-P001.terracloud.de) as the vault name.
The chosen vault name serves only as a label and has no technical function.

Address:
Enter the vault's FQDN here (e.g., vault-wmh1-P001.terracloud.de).
Account:
Enter the provided vault account (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE).

Username:
Enter the provided vault account here as well (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE).
The account and username have been set up identically to simplify the setup process.

Password:
Enter the provided password; this vault password is used to authenticate the vault account and is not used to encrypt user data.



Automatic Agent Configuration

Finally, you have the option to enable automatic agent configuration so that new agents are configured automatically.

Prerequisites:
To have a backup job created fully automatically, an encryption password must be defined.
With automatic agent configuration, the encryption password is passed as the default encryption password during the installation process itself.

Please select a vault profile and a job template.
If you are logged in as a parent site user, you can choose from all the job templates you have previously created and saved at other (child) sites.



Summary

In the final step, you will receive a summary of the information entered.



Configure notification

You can subsequently configure email notifications for the site via the "Notifications" tab.
The specified address will receive a notification as soon as the selected events occur.

Please note that portal-based email notification is currently not available for all agents. See Function Overview

"Encryption password changed" option:
This can alert you, for example, in the event of unauthorized access—such as when an attacker attempts to gain access to future backups by changing the encryption password.
The encryption password cannot be changed retroactively for existing safesets.

Note:
Changes to the encryption password are also displayed in the "Status Feed".

The basic configuration for the (child) site is now complete.
You can subsequently review all settings made in the site creation wizard within the individual tabs of the respective (child) site and adjust them separately if necessary.

Create additional users

Just as in the Site Creation Wizard, you can also create additional portal users later from within the site via the "Users" tab.
In addition to creating another administrator, you have the option here to select other user roles.

Note:
You can find further information on the various user roles in the permissions concept.
The following screenshot shows the configuration for a user with the "User" role.
Please note that you can still assign agents to users who do not have the "Administrator" role.
User anlegen

Create job template for automatic agent configuration

You can create your own job templates by opening the "Automatic Agent Configuration" tab for the respective site.
Click "View" next to the existing job template and then create an editable copy of the template.
You can customize this copy as desired and use it for automatic agent configuration after saving it.



Note:
The start time for the data backup is randomly selected within the time windows of 18:00 – 21:00 and 02:00 – 06:00.
Example of a custom job template:


Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)

Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) can be enabled to protect access to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
While its use is currently optional, there are plans to make MFA mandatory for accessing the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal in the future.

MFA Process

The following methods are available for multi-factor authentication:

  • Phone call
    • The user receives an automated phone call in which a verification code is read out.
  • SMS
    • The verification code is sent via SMS to the registered mobile phone number.
  • TOTP (Time-based One-Time Password)
    • The user employs an authenticator app, such as Microsoft Authenticator or Google Authenticator.
      The app generates time-based one-time codes that are entered during login.

Configure MFA

When creating a new user, the mandatory multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirement is enabled by default.
Consequently, the user is prompted to set up MFA upon their first login.
Users can choose between the aforementioned methods.







Currently, users still have the option to skip the initial MFA setup and complete it at a later time.
To do this, the user first logs in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal without having MFA set up.
Then, they open the Edit my profile entry via the menu in the top right corner (three dots).


Multi-factor authentication can then be set up in the Two-factor configuration section.



Authorization concept

This diagram shows the four different roles that can be assigned to a user.
You can create users either within a site or at the reseller level in your parent site; further information can be found in the diagram for the Structure TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal


Computer

All registered systems are displayed in a table on the Computer tab. If you open the overview while logged in to a site, only the computers of the respective site (end customers) will be displayed.
This part of the portal offers you the opportunity to fully administrate, configure and much more with the agents in a multi-client capable manner.

Skipped backups

This function shows you whether and how many data backups were skipped.

A high rate of skipped backups can result from the following circumstances:

  1. The intervals between data backups are too short and the next data backup is started during runtime.
  2. A very long data backup duration ensures that the subsequent data backup is skipped.

Data backups may be skipped if the following two conditions are met together:

  1. The backup job is executed more frequently than once per day, through multiple backups per day or the High-Frequent Backup.
  2. A data backup is already in progress or the Vault is performing important maintenance work on the backup job.

Through the use of e.g. B. High-frequency backups, with up to 24 backups per day, the vault only has a short time window for maintaining the backup job.
To ensure that outdated data backups can be removed despite the high backup frequency, the agent is allowed to skip backups.

Skipped backup rate:
You will be shown the percentage of data backups skipped in the last 48 hours.
In this example, due to a misconfiguration, backups were made almost every minute to illustrate how this display works.

If you click on the value, you will be shown an overview of the data backups with information about whether they were skipped:

Move computer to another site

You can move as many computers as you want to another site using the Move Computers action.
This function makes it possible, for example, to assign systems that were accidentally registered in the Parent-Site to the end customer's site.
Please select the desired site for the selected computers:

Assign agents to users

Users who do not have the "Administrator" role must be assigned to agents who can be managed by them.
You can do this either via the user configuration within the site or via the Sites tab within your parent site.
In this example, only SERVER01 and SERVER02 have been assigned to the user for management.

Deletion of data backups

Delete computers from the portal and vault

You can have a computer's data backups completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal.

This type of deletion includes:

  1. Deletion of the computer from the portal (online or offline computer)
  2. Delete the backup of all backup jobs of this computer on the primary and secondary vault
  3. Delete the registered computer on the Vault

Procedure for deleting a computer:

  1. Select the desired system using the checkbox on the left side of the backup portal.
  2. Under Actions, select Delete selected computer(s).
  3. Switch to the “Completely Wipe Computer” option.
  4. Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion.

The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of 24 hours.

Cancel deletion job:
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the computer as described above and cancel the deletion request using the "Cancel deletion of the selected computer(s)" action.

Delete backup jobs from the portal and vault

You can have the data backups of a backup job completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal.

This type of deletion includes:

  1. Delete the backup job from the portal
  2. Delete all data backups of the backup job on the primary and secondary vault
  3. Delete the registered backup job on the Vault

Procedure for deleting a backup job:

  1. Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer.
  2. Choose the “Delete Job” option.
  3. Switch to the “Delete Job Completely” option (screenshot below).
  4. Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion.

The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of 24 hours.

Cancel deletion job:
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the backup job as described above and cancel the deletion job using the "Cancel deletion" action.

Delete individual data backups (safesets) from the vault

As an administrative user, you can completely delete selected backups from a backup job via the Backup Portal.

This type of deletion includes:

  1. Deleting the selected backup(s) from the backup job on the primary and secondary vaults, and if applicable, the satellite.

Procedure for deleting individual backups (safesets):

  1. Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer.
  2. Select the "Delete Backup" option.
  3. Select the safesets to be deleted and click "Delete" (image below).
  4. Enter "CONFIRM" in the dialog box to confirm the deletion.


Note:

The deletion of individual backups (safesets) is executed immediately and cannot be stopped after confirmation. become!


Adjustment in the backup portal after a data migration

After migrating the data/backups to, for example, a dedicated vault system, the configuration must be adjusted in the backup portal.
After the migration, the backup agent should connect to another vault system and, if necessary, also use other access data for authentication.
The procedure differs slightly depending on the migration method. Please make the following adjustments after consultation in the migration process (support ticket).

Vault account migration

With this variant, the entire vault account is moved to another vault system. A vault account is an organizational unit for an end customer.
You will receive the access data and the name of the vault account when you provide the account, e.g. 12345-DEMO.
Please carry out the following steps after successfully moving the account:

  1. For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal.
  2. Edit the current vault connection and swap the FQDN of the old vault system with that of the new vault system.
  3. Also customize the vault profile for this site.

The following screenshot shows the current vault connection that needs to be edited.


Migration of data to a new vault account

The prerequisite for this method is a new vault account, e.g. B. on a TCBE vault system. With this variant, only the affected computers and their backup jobs are moved.
Since authentication will now take place via the new account, all positions in the vault connection must be changed.

  1. For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal.
  2. Edit the current vault connection and replace all vault credentials with those of the new vault account.
  3. Also adjust the vault profile of the affected site.


Reports

The reporting function gives you access to various data sets from the TERRA CLOUD backup via various preconfigured reports.
The underlying database receives new records twice a day through the TERRA CLOUD Vaults.
Please note that in connection with a TERRA CLOUD backup satellite, only data sets for the existing safe sets and consumption as of the base vault are available.
TERRA CLOUD backup satellites are not connected to the reporting function.

Requirements:
In order to view reports, the “Vault account” must be synchronized with the respective site.
Automatic synchronization of the Vault account – How it works:

  • Below the “Vault Settings” is the Vault Registration (1)
  • the “Vault Account” (2) will be transferred to the site (3)


ReportFunction(BETA)

For the synchronization to work, the following requirements must be met:

  1. The Vault account may NOT be used across sites (same Vault account in different sites)
  2. The agent was registered in a self-created site (https://backup.terracloud.de/Sites).

Different Vault accounts can be used within a site as long as they are not used in other sites.

Necessary permission of the user:
To access the Reports page, you must be logged in as a user with the Administrator role.
Reports can be scheduled and automatically sent by email (PDF, XLS, CSV).

Backup Verification Report

This report provides you with an overview of the most recently performed automated Recovery Tests by your vSphere Recovery Agents.
On the one hand, you have the option of exporting this view as a PDF document, and on the other hand, you can configure a regular export including email delivery using the "E-mail/Schedule" menu item.



Agent Upgrade Center

The Agent Upgrade Center offers you the opportunity to upgrade Windows agents from version 8.7x via the portal.

Update Individual Agents
You can select single systems via the “Computer” tab and initiate the agent update under “Actions”.



Status display
In addition to the current version, you can use the icon to see whether the agent can be updated (purple dot) or is currently being updated. As soon as an agent has been successfully updated, a checkmark will be displayed next to the version number. If you move the cursor to the symbol next to the version number, the respective meaning will be displayed, e.g. "New agent version available".
In the following screenshot you can see an agent that is currently being updated.



Update Agents for Entire Sites
To do this, access the Agent Upgrade Center via your master login and select the desired agent and then the respective sites.



Then select whether you want the agents to be updated automatically or immediately:


Backup Jobs

File-based backup

How it works

The backup software accesses the file system of the system to be backed up. The files are read and divided into 32KB blocks; a checksum is calculated for each of these blocks.
The delta can be determined in subsequent backups using the checksums. The blocks identified for backup are compressed and encrypted.

Fast File Scan

The "Quick File Scan" or "QFS Quick File Scanning" function allows the Windows agent to pre-filter files based on the timestamp (modified date) in the file system to determine the delta.
Files whose modification date is newer than the last backup are read in and compared with the delta file of the last backup using the calculated checksums of the 32KB blocks.
Only blocks that have not yet been backed up will be included in the backup.

Advantages and disadvantages file-based

Advantages:

  1. BMR backup possible
  2. Included as standard with the agent, no additional plugin is required
  3. No reboot required after installation
  4. Granular troubleshooting possible
  5. Files/directories can be excluded
  6. Can be administered from the agent console without portal access
  7. Script-based restore possible via VPR file
  8. Threat detection feature can be used


Disadvantages:

  1. Slower with lots of small files
  2. Navigation via portal when restoring individual files

Best Practice

1.In the best case scenario, use a file-based backup job only to back up individual files and folders.
2.Add the “Entire Server” option to existing file-based BMR backup jobs.
3.Use an image-based job to configure new BMR backups.
4. File-based backup jobs are only recommended for up to a million files; above a million files we recommend an image backup job.

Configure complex exclusions/inclusions in file-based jobs

The following instructions can be used for both local file-based backup jobs and UNC jobs (network shares).
When configuring one of the job types mentioned above, the portal can only be excluded or included to a limited extent.
Using the Backup Portal, you can only select one directory per exclusion entry in the job configuration and exclude folders and/or files in the respective subdirectory. This means that the entry only applies to the level below.

Example complex exclusion:
You want to exclude all directories that end with _Backup in a backup job because they Contains data backups that should not be included in the TERRA CLOUD backup.
D:\Data\*\*\*_Backup\*.*
In this exclusion there are two levels of different directories, each containing subdirectories ending in _Backup.
These directories and their contents are excluded using the syntax shown.
However, this complex exclusion expression cannot be configured in the portal and must therefore be copied manually into the job's configuration file.

Deposit exclusion in the job configuration:
1. Configure any exclusion
for the job 2. Stop both TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent
services 3. Open the JOBNAME.vvc file in the agent installation directory
4. Swap the exclusion created by step 1 with the one you want as in the following example
Exclude = "D:\*\*\*_Backup\*.*"
5. Start both services again
6. In the Backup Portal, check the job configuration and schedule and save it again if necessary 7. If you modify it manually, you will receive a warning in the Backup Portal, which you can simply confirm
8. After confirming the warning, please check whether the configuration has been applied as desired
For a complex inclusion, you can use these instructions analogously.

Ransomware Threat Detection

This file-based backup option allows the agent to scan the system for potential threats during backup.
If a possible threat is detected, the data backup is marked as a “potential threat”.
The current and all subsequent backups will retain this flag until one of the actions is taken.

Note:
The agent does not check for possible errors in a seed backup or the first backup Ransomware threats when threat detection is enabled in a job.

Handling potential threats

When ransomware threat detection is triggered, the following options are available via the "Manage potential threat" action:


1. Using the "Restore" option, you can configure a granular restore and—after the restore is complete—delete the flagged backup from the backup chain.


2. In the event of a false positive, you can select the "Delete potential threat warning" option and confirm the deletion of the warning.


Image-based backup

How it works

In contrast to a file-based backup job, which protects individual files and folders when backing up, an image job backs up all blocks of a selected volume.
It is possible to set up a BMR backup if all system-relevant volumes are backed up.

Changed Block Tracking

The image plug-in installs a changed block tracking driver, which requires a restart after installation. This can be used to determine which blocks have changed in relation to the last backup.

Advantages and Disadvantages Image-based

Advantages:

  1. BMR backup possible
  2. Faster for lots of small files
  3. Recommended for natively protected data volumes of 1TB or more
  4. Requires less processing power than file-based backup
  5. Convenient Restore (Image is attached)
  6. Navigation via Explorer when restoring


Disadvantages:

  1. Exclusion of individual files and folders is not possible
  2. Restore only possible on disks of the same size/larger
  3. Restart required after plugin installation
  4. No granular troubleshooting possible
  5. ReFS is not supported
  6. Threat detection feature cannot be used

Best Practice

1. The restart can be done at a later point in time (usually after the end of work). The agent can be configured without restarting.
2. To protect the entire system, including the possibility of a bare metal restore, select the "Entire Server" and "BMR" options.
3. If data (such as local backups / dumps) needs to be excluded, you can move it to a separate volume and explicitly not include this volume in the backup set.
The "Entire Server" option cannot be used in this case.

UNC-Backup Job

Documentation

Complete setup instructions can be found in Chapter 5.4 of the Windows Agent User Guide at Agents Doku/ Release Notes (Documentation -> EN -> Windows Agent -> User Guide )

How it works

The Windows agent connects to the stored network share and saves the selected files. For authentication, a user must be provided with read and write permissions.

Best Practice

1. A UNC backup job should protect a maximum of 500,000 files or 1 TB of native data. If more data needs to be backed up, we recommend distributing it across several UNC backup jobs.
2. Since backing up a network share via a DFS namespace is not supported, we recommend backing up the server share directly without using the namespace.
3. Recommended backup method for files stored on NAS systems (e.g. from Synology, QNAP).

Schedule Recommendations

The schedule determines when a data backup should be started and with which retention type it should be saved.
The following articles go into more detail about various recommended schedule configurations.

Renewed backup attempts

The “Automatic restart for time-controlled backup” function offers the option of restarting an incorrect or failed data backup.
This can be particularly helpful if, for example, in the first backup attempt. B. a Microsoft VSS shadow copy cannot be created.
We recommend waiting a few minutes between backup attempts so that e.g. B. Load peaks can be avoided.

Daily and Monthly Backup

This schedule runs one backup per day, using a Daily or Monthly retention type.
The last calendar day uses the Monthly retention type, and all other days use the Daily retention type.
The time was configured identically due to the priority, so that every day except the last calendar day, line 1 does not apply and line 2 must be checked.
Since the conditions in line 2 are met on any other day, this is executed.
This configuration prevents daily and monthly backups from being created on the last calendar day.

Example configuration:
Create schedule

Four daily backups

This schedule runs four backups per day, with retention type "4xDaily".
The backup times were set at the beginning and end of the working day plus two additional backups within the working day.
In the example configuration below, the backup is performed on the hour at 6 a.m., 9 a.m., 12 p.m. and 3 p.m.
If the system data is changed 24/7, it is recommended to distribute it at equal intervals, e.g. E.g. 0/6/12/18

Example configuration:




Backing up clients using the Windows backup event triggers

Unlike a scheduled server backup, a client system's usage time can vary, making a fixed backup schedule less suitable.
The Windows backup event triggers, which start the data backup dynamically depending on the time of triggering, are suitable for these purposes.
The following Windows events can be selected as triggers:

Event:
1. Shutdown
Before the system is shut down or restarted, the user receives a message asking whether the data backup should be performed before shutdown.

2. Login
A user login starts the data backup.



Waiting time between backups:
The triggering can be limited to once or twice a day, for example. B. If you restart multiple times, you won't be asked for a backup every time you restart.

TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: High Frequent Backup - Hourly backups

The High Frequency Backups feature enables hourly backups and thus an RPO of 60 minutes.
Hourly backups must be created with retention types Retention Types "24-Hours" and "48-Hours" using the "Intraday" schedule view.
In the example shown below, all 50 safesets of the inclusive quota are scheduled.
It was assumed that most changes to the data set are made between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.

This schedule performs a total of eleven backups per day in the following distribution:

  • Nine backups are performed hourly between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. with the retention type "24-Hours"
  • One backup at 8 p.m. with the retention type "Daily" or on the last calendar day "Monthly"


Note:
Please note that the hourly backups may only be used in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault.

Example configuration:

  1. Please add a new line to your schedule using "Add schedule"
  2. Select the "Intraday" schedule view for this line
  3. Configure how often the high-frequency backup should back up within a day, e.g. every full hour between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. (see screenshot)
  4. Confirm the configuration with "OK".
  5. Finally, you can decide how long the data backups should be kept using the two new retention types available, 24-hours and 48-hours



Full schedule:


TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: 10 years retention

The sample schedule shown below includes all 50 safesets of the Included quota.
It is assumed that all documents to be archived will be stored on the system and backed up by December 31st.
This schedule performs one data backup per day at 11:30 PM with the following retention types:

  • Daily on all days of the month except the last day
  • Monthly on the last day of the month, from January to November
  • Yearly on the last day of the year

Note on the Yearly Retention Type
The "Yearly" retention type was added as the default retention type in February 2026.

Sample Schedule:

Run job manually

If you wish, you can also run jobs manually.
Run job manually

Click “Start Backup”.
Run job

Completed backup process:
Process Details

Since the agent is able to compress, in this case only 14.27 GB of data was transferred and stored in the vault for a complete Windows Server 2025 VM. The original size of the system is 33.95 GB.
This is an initial backup, as 33.95 GB is also stored under Changed.
We can also see under the “Jobs” tab that the backup process was completed successfully:
Backup Status Completed Successfully

Further details can be viewed by clicking on “Completed” in the middle.

Defering function

The deferral function allows you to split the initial backup into multiple backup stages.
After the specified time window (e.g., 8 hours) has elapsed, an incomplete safeset is created.
The blocks not yet backed up are "deferred" and can be backed up in the next backup stage.
You will receive a warning at the end of the backup that the deferral is still active.
Please select the "Use deferral" option and specify a backup time window of at least 15 minutes to a maximum of 48 hours.
This function can be used for both manual and scheduled execution.




Important:
A backup with an active deferral results in an incomplete backup.
Restoring from a backup with active deferral can only be performed with a file-based job.


Recommendation:
The deferral function can be used exclusively for the initial backup. You can select the deferral during manual execution or specify it in the schedule. We recommend adding a reminder in the agent description that the deferral function is active in the schedule. After the first successful backup without deferral, you can remove the function from the schedule and the reminder from the agent description.



The deferral can be used to split the initial backup or seed backup into multiple backup operations. You will receive a warning in the log file until the backup job has completed completely. For a BMR job, BMR protection is only provided after the first successful completion without deferral.

Example:

Day 1:
The backup job is started with a deferral for the first time and completes the backup after a defined period of 8 hours, and Safeset 1 has been created.

Day 2:
The backup is started again and creates Safeset 2 after 8 hours.

Day 3:
On the third run, the backup job completes before the 8-hour period, Safeset 3 is created, and the seed backup is successfully completed.
The status of the backup job changes from "Deferred with Warnings" to "OK".

Windows Agent

Installation

Installation via Setup

Please download TERRA Backup Agent. To do this, log in to your portal and select the appropriate version under Downloads on the right.
Select language

Now start the installation on the server to be backed up. First select the desired language in which you would like to be guided through the installation.
Click Next

On the "Support Information and Release Notes" page, click Next
Support Notes

Accept the license terms and click Next.
Confirm License Terms

In the next installation step, select “Custom” and click Next.
Setup type

The local logon credentials can usually be adopted. Click on Continue.
Logon Credentials

Select the desired installation directory. Then click Next.
Select path

In addition to the actual backup agent, other plug-ins can be installed. Depending on the type of server, individual Microsoft SQL database instances or Exchange mailboxes can be backed up.
Select the plug-ins you want and then click Next.
Plugins

Enter the email address and password of the registration users or the user created in 5.2.1. Confirm with Next.
Enter login information

Confirm with Install.
Install

If you are then redirected back to agent registration, the access data you entered is probably incorrect or you are having problems with the
Network connection. First try pinging backup.terracloud.de. If this works, you can use Telnet to check whether port 8086 can be reached.
Complete installation

After 5 minutes at the latest, the server you just registered should appear under “Computer” within your portal.
List of computers in the portal

On the right side under “Site Name” you can read “End Customer1” in our case. This is because we registered the agent with the user backupkunde@endkunde1.de,
which belongs to the “End Customer1” subsite. This way we can now filter for computers that belong to the “End Customer1” subsite. This allows you to quickly list all computers in an organizational unit.

Silent installation under Windows

The agent can also be installed in silent mode. This is helpful if the agent is to be rolled out automatically on multiple systems.

An example of the silent installation including the image plug-in:
Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe /s /v" REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de AMPPASSWORD=password FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON /qn"

Explanation:
Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe: The agent (x64) setup is called.
REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True: The agent should be registered on the backup portal.
AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de: The address of the backup portal is passed.
AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de: The user of the customer site is transferred.
AMPPASSWORD=password: The password you assigned for the customer site user.

Parameters for plugins:
Plug-ins can be added after the AMPPASSWORD separated by a space as in the example above. Image Plugin: FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON
Exchange Plugin (Legacy): FEATUREEXCHANGE=ON
Exchange Plug-in (From 2010): FEATUREEXCHANGE2010=ON
SQL Plugin: FEATURESQL=ON
Cluster plugin: FEATURECLUSTER=ON
Oracle Plugin: FEATUREORACLE=ON

Installation in another directory:
If required, please specify the following parameter directly after /s /v" to install in another directory:
SILENTINSTALDIR=\"Path Example:
SILENTINSTALLDIR=\"C:\Program Files\Example\

Silent Agent Registration

The following entry in the command line is sufficient to re-register the agent on the portal:
C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\buagent.exe" -cmdline --reregister --amplogin backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de --amppassword USERPW --ampserver "backup.terracloud.de" --ampport 8086' '

The Terra Cloud Backup services must then be restarted.
To do this, start Powershell with administrator rights and enter the following:
Get-Service -DisplayName "TERRA Cloud Backup*" | Restart service

Installation via PowerShell script

To achieve a fully automated installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent, we developed the following PowerShell script and made it available in the download area of ​​the TERRA CLOUD Backup portal:

Install-TCBWindowsAgent

Functions:

  • Port check TCP 8086/8087
  • Check for pending restarts
  • Download the current setup
  • Install the agent and register it with the portal
  • Initiate automatic agent configuration, if configured in the portal

Administrator rights in PowerShell are required to run this script. It may also be necessary to unlock the script file after downloading by right-clicking and selecting Properties.

Parameters:
SiteUser: Site username
SiteUserPassword: Site user password
JobEncryptionKey: Encryption password for jobs to be created, provided automatic agent configuration has been configured on the customer site

Plug-in Parameters:
ExchangeLegacy: Exchange Plug-in (Legacy)
Exchange: Exchange Plug-in (2010 and later)
SQL: SQL Plug-in
Cluster: Cluster Plug-in
Oracle: Oracle Plug-in

Execution via PowerShell (without plug-ins):
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#"

Execution via PowerShell (with plugins):
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -SQL
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -Exchange

Associate Agent with Vault

Every newly registered computer is initially displayed as “Not configured” in the portal. First, at least one vault (data safe) must be assigned to the computer.
Click on the server you want to configure (DC in this example). This will open the settings for this computer. Then click on “Configure manually” on the right.
Manual Configuration

Now click on “Add Vault” on the right.
Then select the Vault profile created in 4.2.1 under “Vault profile”, in our case this is “Vault_Endkunden1”. All fields should then be automatically filled with the set values.
Vault Settings

The agent establishes a test connection to the vault.
If the connection cannot be established, for example because incorrect access data was entered, you will receive an error message.
If everything is OK, the vault will now appear under the “Vault Settings”.
Overview
In addition to the portal, the Windows agent can also be started via command line or script.
Agent scripting is recommended, for example, to stop non-VSS-capable databases before backup (MySQL, MariaDB, etc.)

Create job

Create file-based backup job

Click on the “Jobs” tab. Then click “Create new job for local system”.
Create new job for local system

The “Create new job” window opens.



Please first give the job a name. The name “BMR” (for Bare Metal Restore) is used in the example.
The default encryption algorithm is AES 256 bit, which is considered very secure.

Then enter an encryption password (maximum 31 characters). Resetting an encryption password is not possible!
In the middle area you will find the directory structure that the agent transmits to the portal.
Here you can easily select all the directories and folders you want to back up.
In this example, the BMR and Entire Server options have been configured.
This not only backs up the actual system files, but also the bootloader. This means you can restore an entire server later.
With the “Bare Metal Restore” the entire c:\ system partition is backed up in addition to the data required for booting.
On the right you will then see the backup set.
Objects marked with “+” are saved.
If you would like to exclude individual data from the backup,
select the file and click “Exclude”. Objects marked with “-” are excluded from the backup.
Confirm the setting by clicking on “Create job”.
A window will then automatically open to configure the schedule.

Create image-based backup job

Requirement:
The image plug-in must be installed on the system. If the plug-in is not yet installed, you can run the agent setup again and use the "change" option to install the plug-in later.

Create job:
In the backup portal, please select the image job under "Select job task" as shown in the following screenshot:



Configure job:
In this screenshot you can see an example configuration from an image job. In this, the “Bare Metal Restore” and “Entire Server” options were selected and included in the backup set.
Instead of showing the file system, the agent only shows individual volumes.



Application Aware Backup' option:
In addition to a BMR backup, this option also enables the transaction logs of a Microsoft SQL Server to be truncated and backed up. In order to use this, you must provide the access data required for the SQL instance. We recommend not using this option and using your own SQL job for a comprehensive backup of a SQL instance.

Entire Server' option:
If you add this option to the backup set, all partitions (volumes) of a system will be included in the backup. This excludes removable storage media (e.g. external hard drives or USB sticks). Partitions (volumes) added later are automatically included; there is no need to adjust the configuration.

Note:

For an image-based backup job, BMR protection is automatically provided by the "Entire Server" option, but in order to be able to offer a standard configuration for file- and image-based backup jobs, the option was changed BMR additionally added in the screenshot above. 

Advanced Agent Configuration

Individual settings can be configured for each computer. These include, for example: B. Mail notification and bandwidth limitation.
Go to “Computer” in the portal. Select a server and then click on “Advanced” to make specific settings.
Overview of Advanced Agent Configuration

Options:
Under this point you can add a description to the system, for example: B. to store the ticket number in the description in a support case.
We recommend the option “Log errors and stop backup” for current Windows agents; this is the default setting after installation or update.
The option "Log errors and continue backup" offers the advantage that backups can also be carried out if, for example, B. VSS problems can sometimes go through.
The files not backed up in this job will result in an increased delta afterwards.

Retention Types:
The currently stored retention types are displayed here; after installation, "4xDaily", "Daily", "Monthly" and "Yearly" are stored by default.
You can use this tab to create your own storage types, which you can then choose from in the schedule.
When configuring, please note that 50 safe sets per job are included free of charge.

Notifications (agent side):
As of August 2021, the “Notifications” tab is only available if an agent-side mail notification is already configured.
This agent function has been replaced by the Notification via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.

Enable agent-side notification manually:
If you want to continue using agent-side notification, you can configure it using the following steps.
1. Stop the "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent"
services on the desired system. 2. Open the "global.vvc" file in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent
installation directory. 3. Please add the following lines, if they are not present, after the curly braces of the "OpenFile" block:

  notification {
  MailOnError = True
  MailOnFailure = True
  MailOnSuccess = True
  }

4. Start the services "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent"
on the desired system. 5. Open the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and update your browser if necessary. 6. Complete the configuration using the “Notification” tab, which is now visible again.
Performance:
Bandwidth limitation and execution priority can be configured under this point.
According to current knowledge, changing the execution priority has no noticeable effect, so we recommend keeping the default value.
Bandwidth limitation is particularly recommended for weak connections during your customer's working hours.
At least 1.5 Mbps should be allocated for a backup.

Agent log files:
Under this tab you can view all global (cross-job) log files of the agent, which can be helpful for troubleshooting.
For example, log files of the BUAgent can be viewed; this service (TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent) is responsible for the agent's communication with the backup portal.

Agent Update

The TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent can be updated as follows:
Windows (manually):

  • Starting with agent version 8, the agent can be updated directly via the setup of the newer agent version.
  • When you start a setup of a newer agent, you will be asked if you want to perform an update.
Update durchführen


Windows (Agent Upgrade Center):
You can update multiple agents centrally via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. Instructions can be found at:
Agent Upgrade Center

Restoring a Backup Job

Restore from a file-based backup


file-based recovery

You can use the calendar button to select the safe set from which you wish to restore data.
Then, enter the job's encryption password.
Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint.

You can select the folders and files to be restored using the checkboxes—choosing either entire folders or individual files.
Clicking "Include" then adds them to the restoration process.

The search function allows you to look for specific files without having to manually locate the full file path.
This supports the wildcard characters * (representing any number of characters) and ? (for a single character).
However, the question mark cannot be used for umlauts (ö, ä, ü).

Select the desired files and add them to the recovery operation by clicking "Include selected".
To search for files in a specific folder within the backup, enter the desired path into the "Search path" field.

When you include a folder in a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are included by default as well.
If you wish to recover only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the inclusion set.
For example, it is possible to recover only files with the .doc or .docx extension from a folder.

When you exclude a folder from a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are excluded by default as well.
If you wish to exclude only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the exclusion set.
For instance, you can set a filter to exclude only files with the .exe extension within a folder from the recovery.

Search for files

You have the options to restore the files to the original location or to an alternative location.
If you decide to use an alternative storage location, you can use the folder button to select the desired storage location.
You also have the options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite (this adds a numeric extension, e.g. .0001), rename incoming files and rename existing files.

Overwrite existing data

If you try to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select Overwrite Existing Files, only the last file restored will be retained.
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to a recovered filename, select Do not overwrite existing files.
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the restored file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001").

Under no circumstances should you select the entire C: volume and let it overwrite the existing volume. This will result in serious damage to the system!

Rename existing files

To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to an existing filename, select Rename Existing Files.
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the existing file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001").
The name of the restored file is still “filename.txt”.

Advanced Recovery Options


Advanced Recovery Options

Advanced Recovery Options Part 2

Locked File Options

When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name.
To do this, select one of the following options:

  • "Yes, overwrite locked files"

Files in the system that are locked during recovery will be overwritten with the recovered files upon reboot. This option must be enabled for system state or system volume restores.

  • "No, do not overwrite locked files"

Files in the system that are locked during recovery will not be overwritten with the recovered files with the same name upon reboot.

Streams

When you run backups, information from your files is captured in different streams.
The original data created by a user is called a data stream.
Other information such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references and attributes are stored in separate streams.
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options to choose from:

  • "Restore all streams"

Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.

  • "Restore data streams only"

Select this option for cross-platform restores. With this option, conflicts do not arise due to system-specific data streams.

Protocol options

From the list, select one of the following logging levels:

  • Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files that are being restored.
  • Directory: Provides less detailed information than the Files logging level. Provides information about folders that will be restored.
  • Summary: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version and backup size.
  • Minimal: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version.

Changing the logging level only affects log files that are created afterwards. Log files that have already been created are not affected by this change.

Performance options

To use all available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth."
Bandwidth throttling determines how much bandwidth an agent can consume for backups and restores.
For example, you can limit traffic so that online users are not impacted and allow unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or restores can occur as quickly as possible.
Bandwidth throttling values are set at the machine (or agent) level and apply to backups and restores.
When three jobs are running simultaneously on a computer, each job receives 1/3 of the specified maximum bandwidth.
Possible bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent is allowed to consume for all backups and restores.
Period of time during the day when throttling is activated. Only one time window can be specified.
There is no throttling outside the time window. The days of the week that throttling is enabled.
Once the bandwidth throttling window begins during an ongoing backup or restore, the maximum bandwidth is dynamically applied to the running process.
If the throttling window ends while a backup or restore is in progress, bandwidth throttling is removed.
If you change an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or restore is in progress, the new settings do not affect the ongoing process.
The bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or restore starts and are not changed afterwards.

Restore from another computer (file based)

It is possible to restore some or all of the data backed up on one computer to another computer with the same characteristics.
To restore the data from another computer, you can redirect the data from a backup job in the Vault to another computer.
If the data was backed up with a plug-in, the same plug-in and the corresponding installation (e.g. Microsoft SQL) must also be present on the target computer.
The new computer then downloads information from the vault to restore the data to the new computer.
Example: Computer A backs up its data with Job A, Computer B restores Job A's data (Computer A's data) to Computer B.

recover from another computer

recovery

Restore from an image-based backup


Select items to restore

You can choose whether you want to restore a complete partition or individual files or folders.
Select the manufacturing you want and click “Configure Source Next”.

Volume Recovery


Recovery

Select the desired volume to be restored.

Select Volume

Next, select an existing volume to restore to.
Click “OK” and then click “Run Restore” to start the restore process.

File or folder recovery


Restore to Volume

Select the volume from which individual files or folders should be restored and assign a valid drive letter. (Please do not use A & B)
Now click on “Mount Volumes”. The backed up volume is mounted on the affected agent and you can restore the required files or folders to a local volume by dragging and dropping them.
Under “Duration of inactivity”, set a generous time limit for how long the drive should be mounted. By default we recommend the value 60 minutes.

Restore from another computer (image based)

You can restore successfully backed up data to another computer with the same agent configuration.
To do this, you can transfer/copy existing backup jobs in the Vault to another computer.
Since an image job is a plugin job, the image plugin must exist on the target agent.

Example: Computer A is down/no longer in use, but now you need to restore data from Computer A. To do this, copy the job from computer A to computer B to perform a restore.

Select Computer B in the backup portal.
From the Select Job Task menu, click Restore from Another Computer.
The Restore from Another Computer dialog box opens.
recover from another computer

In the "Vaults" list, select the vault in which the backup of Computer A was stored. If the restore is to be carried out across vaults, the agent must first be registered with the source vault.
Once the correct vault is selected, you will find Computer A in the Computers tab.
After computer A is selected, you will find its job in the Jobs tab.
Confirm with OK once a selection has been made.
The portal attempts to download required job information to Computer B. Once these are downloaded, the job will appear in Computer B's Jobs tab.
A recovery process will start automatically. Once you have selected the desired restore here and entered the encryption password to decrypt required information, you can proceed with a normal image-based restore.
Selecting the recovery type

Password is required

If an error occurs while downloading the job information, the restore cannot continue.
This can happen if the job information is not available or a required plugin is not installed on the target computer.
Make sure the required plugin is installed on the target computer before repeating the process. (Change installation via Agent Setup or via the "Select job task" action)

Bare Metal Restore

A "bare metal restore" is a complete restoration of a backed up system, including all components required for the boot process (e.g. the bootloader).

Disaster recovery options

The following flow chart shows you possible workflows and recommendations for action for various Disaster Recovery scenarios.

Export drivers of a secured system

You can export all drivers of a system using the following instructions:

  1. Create a directory in which the drivers should be stored, e.g. (C:\Drivers)
  2. Run this command with administrative permission in CMD:
dism /online /export-driver /destination:"C:\Driver"

You can add the exported drivers when creating a new restore iso. If complications arise during a BMR test restore, we recommend exporting the drivers of the protected system as described above and adding them to the restore ISO. Please keep this ISO or drivers separately.

Create Restore ISO

To perform a bare-metal restore, you need a restore ISO (.iso file). The restore ISO is based on Windows PE and includes the recovery software for the TERRA CLOUD backup solution; this software launches automatically once the system boots from the ISO. You can create this ISO yourself and use it for the bare-metal restore of all your systems.

Download:
Please download the Bootable Media Creator from the backup portal.

Installation:
Install the Bootable Media Creator; this also requires the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK).
The Bootable Media Creator setup guides you through the installation of the ADK components by default.












































The image can be created very easily after installation.
First, launch the Bootable Media Creator and simply select a destination directory at the bottom.
Create new Image

In this step, you can add drivers exported via Exporting drivers by selecting the driver directory using the "add" button.
Now click "Continue" to create the image.
Treiber hinzufügen







The image can now, for example, be burned to a CD or attached to a virtual machine.

Perform restore

The following instructions demonstrate a typical BMR restore within a virtual machine.
The BMR restore ISO must be mounted to the virtual machine beforehand.
Legacy network adapters must be used for both VMware and Hyper-V.
After restarting the machine, you must connect to it via the console.
The following screen will then appear:
boot from CD or DVD

First, configure the time zone and desired language, then click "Next".
Select language

In the next window, accept the license terms and click "Next".


By default, the "System Restore" process obtains an IP address from a DHCP server.
If no DHCP server is available, or if you wish to assign the IP address manually, click "Settings" in the main menu.
Select the network interface and then click "Properties". Assign an IP address and confirm by clicking "Apply".






We recommend subsequently pinging the vault via the command prompt to ensure it is reachable.
The command prompt can then be minimized so that it remains available for further adjustments (e.g., diskpart) during the rest of the restore process if needed.

To perform a restore operation, click "Restore My System" in the main menu. Click "Next" in the wizard.


On the following page, enter your vault (data storage) details and confirm by clicking "Next". The system restore process will now attempt to establish a connection to the vault.


On the following page, you will see all computers associated with your account. Select the computer you wish to restore. Then click "Next".


On the following page, you will see all backup jobs associated with this computer. Select the job you wish to restore. Then click "Next".


In the next step, you can select which safeset to restore. Select the desired safeset and then click "Next".
Next, enter the encryption password and click OK to confirm.




In the next step, you can select the volumes to be restored.
You can drag the individual partitions down into the "Destination" field or use the AutoMap button.
Then click "Next".

Note:
You can only drag down the light blue partitions; the gray partitions are created automatically.




In the final step, you can review the settings. Then, check the box next to "Click here to confirm the restore plan" and click "Next".


The restore process begins.






Once the restore process has successfully completed, click "Next" to close the window and launch the Repair Wizard.


Here, you can check whether any software components requiring an additional driver have been detected.
If the status is "OK" and a green checkmark is visible for each item, you can close the wizard by clicking **Close**.

Linux Agent

Documentation Linux Agent

You can find extensive documentation and further information in Linux Agent User Guide.

Preparing the installation for a bare metal backup

The bare metal backup of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent requires the software Relax and Recover, in a supported version, on the system to be backed up.
We recommend installing the software via the package manager of the respective distribution and, if necessary, updating it to the supported version.
The currently supported version of Relax and Recover can be found in the release notes of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent.

Please note that TERRA CLOUD cannot provide support for the installation or commissioning of the Relax and Recover software.

Installation

Step 1: Please download the TERRA Backup Agent.
To do so, log in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and copy the link address of the required agent (32 or 64 bit) from the download area.
Please download the agent setup, e.g., using the wget command and the copied link address.


Step 2: Please unpack the archive with tar -xzvf PACKAGE-NAME.tar.gz.


Step 3: Please then change to the unzipped agent directory and start the installer shell script using ./install.sh


Step 4: Please first read and confirm the license agreement and follow the instructions of the installation wizard to configure the installation.
In the screenshot of the example installation, the default settings for the following queries have been selected:

  1. Installation directory /opt/BUAgent
  2. Language Email notification (deprecated agent email notification)
  3. Encryption method

You can accept the default values ​​by confirming the queries with ENTER.


Step 5: Please indicate whether a Bare Metal Restore backup is desired.
If you answer YES, please note that a supported version of Relax and Recover must already be installed on the system.
The default value for the Relax and Recover directory is /usr/sbin/rear.

Step 6: Please register the Linux Agent on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal:

  1. Portal address = backup.terracloud.de
  2. Portal connection port = 8086 (default value)
  3. Portal username = User of the end customer's site
  4. Portal password = Password of the user on the end customer's site


Step 7: Please check the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal to see if the Agent has been successfully registered on your end customer's site.

Restore a backup job

After backing up data from a system, you can select “Restore” under “Actions” in the backup jobs.

Recovery from a file-level job

filebasierte Wiederherstellung

Use the calendar button to select the safeset from which you wish to restore data.
Enter the job's encryption password. Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint.
You can select the folders and files to be restored using checkboxes and then include them in the recovery process by clicking "Include".
The search function allows you to search for specific files without having to look up the file path.
Wildcard characters are supported: * (for any number of characters) and ? (for a single character).
However, the question mark cannot be used for a German umlaut (ö, ä, ü).
Select the relevant files and add them to the recovery selection by clicking "Include selected".
To search for files within a specific folder in the backup, enter the desired path in the "Search path" field.
When you include a folder in a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also included by default.
If you wish to restore only a portion of the subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the inclusion set.
For example, you can add a filter to restore only files with a .txt or .log extension from a folder.
When you exclude a folder from a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also excluded by default.
If you wish to exclude only specific subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the exclusion set.
For example, you can add a filter to exclude only files with the .sh extension within a folder from the restore process.

Nach Dateien suchen

You have the option to restore the files to their original location or to an alternative location.
If you choose an alternative location, you can select the desired destination using the folder button.
You also have options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite them (in which case a numeric extension, e.g., .0001, is added), rename incoming files, or rename existing files.

Overwrite existing data

If you attempt to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select the option to overwrite existing files, only the last file restored will be retained.
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to a restored filename, select the option not to overwrite existing files.
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension (such as "filename.txt.0001") will be added to the restored filename.

Do not, under any circumstances, select the entire root volume and allow it to overwrite the existing volume. Doing so will cause severe system corruption!

Rename existing files

To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to an existing filename, select "Rename existing files."
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension is added to the existing filename (e.g., "filename.txt.0001").
The name of the restored file remains "filename.txt".

Advanced recovery options


Advanced recovery options

Advanced recovery options Part 2

Options for locked files

When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name.
To do this, select one of the following options:

  • "Yes, overwrite locked files"

System files that are locked during the restore process will be overwritten by the restored files upon restart. This option must be enabled for System State or system volume restores.

  • "No, do not overwrite locked files"

System files that are locked during the restore process will not be overwritten by the restored files with the same name upon restart.

Streams

When performing backups, information from your files is captured in various streams.
The original data created by a user is referred to as the data stream.
Other information—such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references, and attributes—is stored in separate streams.
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options:

  • "Restore all streams"

Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.

  • "Restore data streams only"

Select this option for cross-platform restores. This option avoids conflicts caused by system-specific data streams.

Protocol Options

Select one of the following logging levels from the list:

  • Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files being restored.
  • Directory: Provides less detailed information than the "Files" logging level. Provides information about folders being restored.
  • Summary: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version and backup size.
  • Minimal: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version.

Changing the logging level affects only log files created after the change. Existing log files are not affected by this change.

Performance Options

To use the entire available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth."
Bandwidth throttling determines the amount of bandwidth an agent is permitted to use for backups and recoveries.
For example, you can limit data traffic to avoid impacting online users, while allowing unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or recoveries can complete as quickly as possible.
Bandwidth throttling values ​​are configured at the computer (or agent) level and apply to both backups and recoveries.
If three jobs run simultaneously on a computer, each job receives one-third of the specified maximum bandwidth.
Available bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent may use for all backups and recoveries.
Daytime period during which throttling is active. Only one time window can be specified.
No throttling occurs outside this time window. The days of the week on which throttling is active.
If the bandwidth throttling time window begins while a backup or recovery is in progress, the maximum bandwidth limit is dynamically applied to the running process.
If the throttling time window ends while a backup or recovery is in progress, bandwidth throttling is lifted.
If you modify an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or recovery is running, the new settings do not affect the active process.
Bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or recovery starts and are not modified subsequently.

Assign alternative static IP for a BMR restore

By default, a BMR restore restores the original network configuration.
If you would like to assign an alternative configuration, for example to carry out a test restore, we recommend starting the system without network access first.
With a Hyper-V, for example, you could initially boot into the recovery ISO without a connected external vSwitch. After adjusting the network configuration, you can connect the VM to the vSwitch. This ensures that the system never goes online with the old IP address. Please follow these steps to adjust the network configuration before restoring:

  1. Boot into the Restore ISO and initiate the restore until the step where you are asked to run ./bmragent.
  2. Find the name and configuration of the network interface using ip address show
  3. Take the interface offline by e.g. ip link set name of network interface down
  4. Delete the old IP address that you determined in the first step, e.g. ip address del 172.29.4.24/22 dev name of the network interface
  5. Configure a new IP address using, for example, the following command ip address add 172.29.4.29/22 dev name of the network interface
  6. Take the network interface back online after customization
  7. Finally, configure the default gateway using, for example, ip route del default and then ip route add default via 172.29.4.1 dev name of the network interface

In this screenshot you can see an example of step 1 from the instructions:


vSphere Recovery Agent

vSphere Recovery Agent Documentation

You can find extensive documentation and further information in vSphere Recovery Agent User Guide.

Installation

Please run the vSphere Recovery Agent setup on a Windows Server system with access to the VMware environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host). Please note the recommendations from the section Best Practice. Please follow the instructions in the vSphere Recovery Agent InstallShield. In the last step of the installation, you register the system using the user and password entered in your end customer's created site. You can find a detailed description of the installation process in the User Guide linked above.

Agent configuration

After successful installation and registration on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal, you can now add the system to the vault as described in Add system to the vault.

Connection to the vSphere environment

Please enter and save the access data for the vSphere environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host) in the “credentials” fields. You will receive immediate feedback as to whether the access data provided is correct or whether the area can be reached.


Changed Block Tracking

This agent function is already activated after installation and allows quick and efficient delta backup of the virtual machines.
For more information about this technology, see VMware's Knowledge Base.


Automated recovery tests

Enabling the Verify backup on completion option will perform a recovery test via quick VM restore after each backup completes. After the virtual machine boots, a screenshot of the login mask is created and saved in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. To use this feature, the rapid VM recovery requirements must be met. Please store the temporary data store on which the VM can be started for the test recovery and the desired ESXi host.

Example configuration:


Create vSphere Backup Job

Once you have finished installing and configuring the agent, you can create a new "Job for VMware vSphere".
The following screenshot shows an example of a new job for a vSphere environment. Please enter a job name and optionally a description and the encryption password.
You can either include all virtual machines in the backup by selecting the "Virtual Machines" level, so all virtual machines are included recursively. This option offers the advantage that new virtual machines are automatically added to the backup job.
Alternatively, you can select individual VMs and add them to the backup set.



Optional:Advanced Settings:

Enable application consistent backup

As soon as you "enable application consistent backup" an application consistent snapshot can be created based on a Microsoft VSS snapshot.
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.

Truncate database transaction logs

In addition to application-consistent backup, transaction logs from Microsoft Exchange or SQL Server instances can be truncated.

Enable Threat Detection

When backing up active virtual machines with Windows guest operating systems, the vSphere Recovery Agent can scan the system for active ransomeware.
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.
The Enable Threat Detection option requires guest operating system credentials.

Verify this backup job upon completion

Following the backup, a recovery test of the virtual machines is performed via fast VM recovery.
Please note that this function must be set up in the Agent Configuration.
Furthermore, this option is only visible if the prerequisites for Rapid VM Recovery are met.

Global VM Credentials

The entered access data will be used for all virtual machines in the backup set.

Guest OS Credentials

If you would like to assign access data individually for each virtual machine, you can enter these in the backup set below the virtual machine by displaying the input field using the blue arrow.


Rapid VM Recovery

The Rapid VM Recovery option allows you to start a VM directly from the backup.
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to this rapid access; additionally, the feature is suitable for performing a recovery test in just a few minutes.

Prerequisites:

  • Available only in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault.
  • Each ESXi host must have a software iSCSI adapter.
  • The datastore where the VM is started can be located on local, iSCSI, or vSAN storage.
  • A datastore intended as the migration target for a VM can be located on an NFS share, in addition to the storage types mentioned above.
  • A minimum of two datastores must be available in total.
  • vSphere Recovery Agent 8.82 or higher.
  • The Windows Server hosting the VRA must have the "iSCSI Target Server" Windows feature installed.


Example configuration of an ESXi host for Rapid VM Recovery:

In the screenshot below, an iSCSI software adapter has been added via vCenter using the "Add Software Adapter" option.


Additionally, a VMkernel adapter without the service role enabled was added, as shown in the following screenshot:


Procedure: Once all prerequisites are met, an additional option—"Virtual Machine option using Rapid VM Recovery"—becomes available under "Restore":


You then proceed to the recovery configuration.
Here, in addition to selecting which VM to restore, you can also define which datastore should be used.
The following screenshot shows the "Rapid VM Recovery Datastore," which was configured specifically for tasks such as recovery and functional testing.
During the recovery process, you can migrate the VM to a different datastore—for example, the one hosting your production systems.


Best Practice

  • Install the vSphere Recovery Agent in its own Windows Server VM; if possible, this will only be used for management or backup
  • Keep the vSphere Recovery Agent VM highly available via vSphere HA
  • Use a satellite for TERRA CLOUD backup to be able to use Rapid VM Recovery
  • Place the vSphere Recovery Agent VM on the same subnet as the vCenter Server Appliance
  • Enable the "Application Aware Backup" option in the backup job
  • Use Change Block Tracking to back up virtual machines; this setting can be found under the "vCenter Settings" tab.

Hyper-V Agent

Documentation Hyper-V Agent

The following sections contain, among other things, information about setting up and configuring the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V agent.
You can find extensive documentation and further information in the Hyper-V Agent User Guide

Installation

The following concise guide outlines the essential steps for setting up the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent.

Setup sequence:
1. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management
2. Configure the Management Agent in the Backup Portal (establish connection to the Hyper-V environment, add the computer to the vault)
3. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host

Single-host Hyper-V systems:
In this scenario, you can install both the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Management Agent and the Host Agent directly on the Hyper-V host ("root"/"parent" partition).
However, please still observe the setup sequence listed above.

Hyper-V clusters:
Because the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent is split into two software components (Management and Host), it is ideally suited for use in a cluster environment.
We recommend installing the Management Agent in an administrative VM within the Hyper-V cluster; this allows it to run on different hosts and ensures high availability via the failover cluster.
After completing setup steps 1 and 2, you can proceed to step 3 and install the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster.

TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management:

Setup step 1
Please run the installer on the desired system and follow the on-screen instructions.
In the final step—as with all other TERRA CLOUD Backup agents—you configure the registration with the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
You can either select a user within the site who has sufficient permissions, or register the system to your parent site and move it later.

Setup Step 2
Once installation is successfully completed, the system should appear under the selected site in the backup portal.
Please follow the instructions in the backup portal to establish a connection to the Hyper-V environment and subsequently add the computer to the vault.

Installing the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host:

Setup Step 3
After successfully configuring the Hyper-V agent in Step 2, you can install the host agent on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster or on the standalone host.
For a cluster installation, specify the FQDN of the system where the management agent is active in order to establish a connection to it.
Once installation is successful, the respective node should appear as "online" under the "Hosts" tab in the backup portal.

Rapid VM Recovery

The quick VM restore recovery option gives you the option to start a VM from the backup.
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to quick access, and the function is also suitable for carrying out a recovery test in just a few minutes.

Requirements

  1. Hybrid TERRA CLOUD backup with a TERRA CLOUD Backup satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise
  2. Hyper-V Checkpoints must be enabled for the secured VMs (for more information, see: Hyper-V Checkpoints)

Reduce number of VMs per backup run

The TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent backs up up to 16 virtual machines per Hyper-V host simultaneously within a single job.

Preparation:

  1. Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service"
  2. Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all hosts managed by the management component
  3. Navigate to the following directory of the management component (default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management\Data\Configuration)
  4. Create a backup copy of the file "AgentCoordinator.cfg" and save it outside the agent directory
  5. Navigate to the following directory of the host component (default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration)
  6. Create a backup copy of the file "AgentWorker.cfg" and save it outside the agent directory
  7. Repeat step 6 for all host agents connected to the management agent

Editing the configuration:

  1. Open the management agent's configuration file "AgentCoordinator.cfg" (default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management)
  2. Add the [Advanced] section with the parameter MaximumConcurrency and the desired value, e.g. ...5 in JSON format (see screenshot below) and save the file.
  3. Open the host agent configuration file "AgentWorker.cfg" (default path: "C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration").
  4. Change the value of the setting "MaximumConcurrency": 16, to the value specified in step 1 within AgentCoordinator.cfg.
  5. Repeat steps 3–4 for all host agents connected to the management agent.
  6. Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service".
  7. Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all connected hosts.

Screenshot for editing step 2:


Note:
Please note that the value must not be configured higher than the default value of 16.
If the services fail to start after these adjustments, please perform a rollback using the backups you created.

Backup satellites

Description and Benefits

The backup satellite is a hardware appliance or a virtual machine that is used in your end customer's network and can receive backups via the local network.
The satellite provides you with all vault functions, e.g. providing volumes from an image backup.
The rental devices or virtual machines are made available to you by the TERRA Cloud and are billed monthly, depending on their size and performance, in addition to the required backup packages.
By using a satellite, you can implement a hybrid cloud backup solution, as backups are stored locally on a satellite and subsequently replicated to a data center.
This backup concept offers the following advantages:

  • Fast backup and restore, thanks to a locally connected vault system (satellite)
  • No acquisition costs, as the hardware is provided to you
  • Time decoupling between backup and replication is possible
  • Restoration is possible independently of the data center
  • Initial backup can be carried out directly against the satellite
  • Your customer's bandwidth can be used optimally
  • Fast VM restore of the Hyper-V agent or vSphere recovery agent

Commissioning

After ordering your backup package including satellites, you will receive an email with the access data as soon as the vault account has been provided on the Basevault.
You will receive a separate notification after the satellite has been deployed and shipped to you.
After receiving the satellite, the following steps must be carried out (hardware satellites):

  • Set up and launch satellite in your end customer's network
  • You can reach the satellite interface via the local address of the satellite (either static IP or DHCP)
  • Please note that the satellite interface can be accessed via HTTPS and may need to be enabled in the browser first
  • You can use the interface to change the access data in the user administration and, if necessary, adjust the network configuration
  • Please deactivate the bypass mode using the Deactivate bypass mode function 10.3.1.3
  • The satellite is now prepared for productive use and must be saved as a backup target in the agents' vault settings (local IP of the satellite)
  • Initial backups can optionally be carried out directly against the satellite

Commissioning a satellite VM:

  • You will receive a Hyper-V VM container from TERRA Cloud Support, which you can import and virtualize under Hyper-V
    • Please note that only Hyper Hosts are compatible with the Windows Server 2019 operating system or higher!
  • Disk/network allocation must be done via Hyper-V Manager / VM Connect
  • The remaining steps of commissioning a satellite VM are similar to commissioning a normal satellite

Satellite interface

System

Registration

You can access the following interface in your browser using the satellite's IP address.
There are two different users available, the image shows the administrative user who has
unrestricted access.
In addition, there is a user who only has read rights; you can set the access data at a later date.
The default login details for the admin user are:

User = admin
Password = terra

Registration in the satellite interface

Informations

The Information item shows you the dashboard with all the important vital indicators of the hardware, e.g. CPU, RAM or hard drive utilization.
The satellite mode is also visible. A distinction is made between two modes, the active and inactive bypass mode.
With active bypass, the satellite rejects all agent requests, so communication for backups, restores, synchronizations or job creation takes place via the basevault. Accordingly, the Basevault address must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.
With the inactive bypass, the satellite is activated and accepts all agent requests, thereby enabling communication for backups, restores, synchronizations or job creation takes place via the satellite. Accordingly, the IP address of the satellite must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.

Hard disk capacity:
Green = Between 0% and 85%
Orange = From 85% to 95%
Red = From 95% to 99.99%

Storage warning in the overview

Message Storage Warning

Storage Alarm in the overview

Storage Alert

Features

System functions:
Under Functions you will find a list of the relevant services stored on the satellite. Please check whether all services are running.
If a service is stopped, you can start it using the Play symbol. Please do not restart any services while the satellite is running.

Satellite functions:
You can use this interface to shut down the satellite, restart it, or manually start a replication process.

Disable bypass:
A satellite with bypass mode activated cannot accept backups and delegates them to the base vault. Please deactivate bypass mode so that the satellite can accept backups.

Disable Bypass

Activate Support Connect:
With this switch you allow TERRA CLOUD support to access the satellite via remote maintenance.

Branding

This function allows you to adapt the satellite interface to your company's CI.
The configuration only needs to be carried out on one satellite, as you can export it and import it on other satellites.
There is also the option to add your own logo.
Branding

Maintenance

Vault maintenance checks the satellite's data stock every day at 9:23 a.m. for safesets that have exceeded their retention period; the number of retention days and copies must be exceeded. Expired safesets are deleted from the satellite. You can adjust the start time of this maintenance if necessary.

Updates

You can search the satellite interface directly for current updates and import them.

XML View

This menu item will take you to the XML output of the satellite in a new tab. This output lists all relevant information of the satellite and can be monitored.
You can incorporate this link into your own monitoring solution or use ready-made sensors. You can find ready-made sensors for Server-Eye and PRTG Network Monitor, the sensors can be found under the search term “Terra Cloud Backup”.
Homepage Server-Eye


Replication

Connectivity

This overview shows you the status of the connection to the Basevault. The satellite transmits a "heartbeat" to the basevault at regular intervals.
In addition, the connection to the backup portal and the base vault is checked via ping and Telnet. This ensures that all necessary ports are activated for the satellite.< br> During replication, for example, the outgoing network traffic rate can also be monitored.


Replication Status

This overview shows you which safesets are still outstanding for replication to the data center; these are processed as if in a queue.
On the right side you can click through the satellite's current inventory and view more detailed information about individual safe sets, such as the compressed
Size or whether this safeset has already been replicated.

ReplicationStatus

Bandwidth limitation

You can configure a bandwidth limit for satellite replication. Please note that after an adjustment, the replication service restarts and ongoing replications are aborted.
If the connection is weaker, we recommend configuring the "Quality of Service" on the firewall for the satellite and assigning it a low priority.
This setting on the firewall ensures that, for example, on a holiday, the
. can be replicated with full bandwidth Bandwidth allocation is therefore more flexible than a fixed bandwidth limit.

Replication Schedule

The replication schedule allows you to control whether to replicate immediately after a newly created backup and after
defined schedule or exclusively according to a configured replication schedule. This option is particularly recommended if
should be backed up during your customer's working hours, but replication should only start after working hours.
In this image you can see the configuration for a replication schedule that initiates a replication operation every day around 8 p.m.:

Safeset Management

Special configurations can be made on the satellite via Safeset Management; if configured incorrectly, these can affect the function of the satellite.
Changes can only be made after activation via the slider and may only be made after consultation with support.

Backup data

You can use the satellite interface to delete entire systems, jobs or individual backup sets (safesets).
The deletion only applies to satellites; the data in the data center on the respective base vault remains unaffected.
Safe sets are displayed online; they are highlighted in black and can be selected by clicking in the checkbox.
Online safesets are characterized by the fact that they are stored locally on the satellite and are directly available there.
Safesets that are grayed out and cannot be selected are offline safesets.
An offline safeset represents a backup that does not exist on the Satellite, but still exists on the Basevault.
Only meta information about these safesets is stored on the satellite.

Procedure for deletion:

System level deletion:
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected system. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)
b) Select the systems to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action c) Wait until the affected system is grayed out from the overview. (It may take some time)
d) Check the capacity of the satellite and start a quick storage optimization

Job level deletion:
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)
b) Mark the job to be deleted by selecting it and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
c) Wait until the affected job has disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (It may take some time)
d) Check satellite capacity. If unchanged, start quick memory optimization

Safeset level deletion:
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)
b) Select the safe sets to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action c) Wait until all affected safe sets have disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (Depending on the size, the process can take a lot of time)
d) As soon as all safesets have disappeared/grayed out, start quick storage optimization


Backup data on the satellite

Job Monitor

You can view open or already completed processes in the Job Monitor.
Backups or restores can be monitored, as can replication processes.
The following screenshot shows a satellite that currently has no open jobs:


Jobs on the screenshot:
Maintenance Host = This process represents maintenance on the satellite, this process should always be displayed
Satellite Replication Service = Behind this process is the active replication service, this process should always be displayed
Satellite Replication - Upload Satellite Statistics = In the screenshot, this process is set to "Inactive" because it was completed successfully. In this job, the satellite passed information to the basevault.

User management

Within the user management you can define passwords for a total of two users.
Which users are stored in total?

  1. Admin: This user has full access and is intended for administration of the satellite.
  2. User: This user only has read permission and can be issued to the end customer as required.


User Management

Network configuration

You can use the network configuration to pass on your desired settings directly to the satellite or use the “Activate DHCP” function.
As soon as DHCP has been activated, the network configuration assigned by the DHCP server will be displayed.

Satellite Network Management

Initial backup FTP upload / send data carrier

Booking

The two processes can be added when initially booking a backup package or later in the order.

Implementation

Prerequisites:

  • The backup agent is installed on the target system and registered in the portal.
  • The backup job and schedule are configured as desired.
  • To prevent the external storage medium from being included in the backup, the "Entire Server" option has been temporarily removed from the job configuration.
    Instead, the backup is performed by manually selecting the individual drives. The external storage medium must not be selected.
  • The backup job schedule is disabled to prevent the agent from automatically attempting to back up to the vault.


Procedure:
1.) Start the backup to the vault to transfer metadata.
This transmits information required by the vault for the import process.
The process can be stopped as soon as the status "Processing" appears.

2.) Create the folder structure in the target directory.
To ensure smooth identification, please create the following folder structure:
\$ACCOUNTNAME$\$COMPUTERNAME$\$JOBNAME$

Example path:
E:\45814-ENDKUNDE\WIN-VKEE7ONL8FG\BMR

As the data involved is always encrypted, an incorrect folder structure would result in a written inquiry and, consequently, a delay in the process.

3.) Start the backup to the previously created path.
The procedure in the portal is as follows:

Target: Directory on storage medium

Select the previously created folder structure

Start backup

FTP Upload

Please ensure that the dataset is complete.
Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.
Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.



Before uploading, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending or uploading the dataset.

The created initial backup can then be uploaded to the TERRA Cloud FTP server.

For example, the FileZilla Client can be used for the upload.
The necessary access credentials will be provided by us after the booking has been received in the Center.

Once the upload is complete and has been verified, please send us a brief confirmation regarding the previously transmitted information.

Following successful verification, we will notify you as soon as there are updates regarding the import.

Send in data carrier

Please ensure that the dataset is complete.
Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.
Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.



Before shipping, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending in the storage medium.

If the initial backup completed successfully but an error message appears in the log file after the successful completion notice, we recommend consulting the following Wiki article:
SSET-E-04104 The request failed. The remote server reported the following error: RPC-E-FAILED, general RPC error / UTIL-W-05229 Configuration files could not be uploaded: File could not be uploaded. C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Agent\Jobname.status.cfg

Once all outstanding questions and issues have been resolved, the storage medium can be sent to the following address, together with the completed submission form:

TERRA CLOUD GmbH
Hankamp 2
32609 Hüllhorst

Notifications regarding the import or shipping status of the storage medium are handled via automated business processes.

Under no circumstances should you send us unencrypted raw data belonging to your end customer!

Such data will be returned to the sender unprocessed.

Backup Export

In order to save data on a local medium, for example for long-term backup, we can export your backups. The export is encrypted and in the so-called vault format, so that the exported data must be read in with additional software before an agent can process and restore it.

Please note that this is a paid process. Further information about the process (offer, procedure, etc.) is available from our cloud sales department: cloud@wortmann.de
As soon as you have received the desired data set, you can continue with the steps below.
It should also be noted that it is not possible to export backups via the Hyper-V agent.

The required software can be found at:
Secondary Restore Server

Secondary Restore Server

The Secondary Restore Server reads the exported data and presents it as a virtual vault in the existing network.

  • Please navigate to the folder structure of the exported data in the Secondary Restore Server
  • Store the data of the exported vault account, e.g. B. (45814-END CUSTOMER), as well as the vault account password
  • Start sharing via the Secondary Restore Server (Start)
  • Agents can then access the share as if it were a normal vault.

Secondary Restore Server

Restore individual files (Secondary Restore Server)

Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:
CrossRestore Step 1

CrossRestore Step 2

CrossRestore Step 3

CrossRestore Step 4

CrossRestore Step 5

CrossRestore Step 6

CrossRestore Step 7

BMR Restore(Secondary Restore Server)

For instructions on how to initiate a BMR, see: Bare Metal Restore Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:
BMR Step 1

BMR Step 2

BMR Step 3

BMR Step 4

BMR Step 5

Agent Skripting

Windows Agent

Installation

Address Windows Agent via command line

Please first change to the agent's installation directory in CMD or PowerShell, by default this is 'C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\'
To start a backup, the following parameters must be passed to VV.exe:

  • VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (CMD)
  • .\VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (PowerShell)

You can use the /retention=RetentionName parameter to determine which retention type should be used.
Please replace "RetentionName" with the name of the retention period, which you can view in the Advanced Agent Settings.

Address Windows Agent via script

The desired commands can be stored in a script.
Recommended formats are .bat and .cmd

Scripts can be extended as desired, e.g. to store pre- and post-commands, i.e. commands before or after the backup.

Example script:
@echo off
cd "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"
echo "Start backup" >> backuplog.txt
VV.exe backup BMR /retention=Daily
echo "Backup performed" >> backuplog.txt

Run script before shutdown

You can integrate your created script into the system's pre-shutdown event with the following configuration. This is particularly recommended for client systems that are not consistently in use.
Please carry out the following steps to store a script:

  1. Open Local Group Policy Editor (WIN + R "gpedit.msc")
  2. Store your created script under "Computer Configuration -> Windows Settings -> Scripts (Startup/Shutdown)
  3. Click "Shutdown" and add your script via "Add".
  4. Please adjust the following registry key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\gpsvc\PreshutdownTimeout
  5. This key defines the length of the pre-shutdown event, which is set to 15 minutes by default. Please increase this value so that a backup can be created during this time.
  6. In the Local Group Policy Editor, please navigate to "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> Scripts
  7. Adjust the "Specify maximum wait time for Group Policy scripts" setting. You can enter a value of up to 32,000 seconds or 0 for an infinite waiting time.
  8. Please note that you have adjusted the rights accordingly.
We have described further information about this in the following Wiki article: PreshutdownTimeout Value Authorization
boxed
boxed


Create new custom command

This option gives you the opportunity to add a schedule to scripts that have already been created via the backup portal.

When you create a new custom command, the agent checks whether there are scripts stored in the agent directory in the "ScheduleScripts" batch files subfolder.
The standard path to this directory in which a script for this function can be stored:
C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts
In the following screenshot you can see a selected script with a configured schedule:

Recommendation: A custom command's schedule can only be created as a single-line schedule. Please check our Best Practice for agent scripting to avoid this disadvantage.

Agent Skripting Best Practice

The backup agent can be tailored to specific application scenarios through the use of scripts. We recommend using the following guide as a basis for your scenario.

Preparation:
What needs to be prepared before using the following scripts?

  1. Install the agent on the system to be protected
  2. Link the system to the vault in the Backup Portal
  3. Create backup job(s) without a schedule

Step 1: Create a batch file
Create a batch file (.bat) with the following structure:
powershell.exe -ExecutionPolicy Bypass -File "Path to PowerShell script\agentscripting_retention.ps1"
Please adjust this batch file later to match the path and name you have assigned to the PowerShell script.
Copy the created batch script into the following folder within the agent's installation directory:
C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts (default)
In the Backup Portal, for the relevant system, click on "New custom command" under "Select job task".

Using this function, you can select a stored batch script and assign a schedule to it; please configure the desired time (e.g., 10 PM).

Function:
This batch file will subsequently be launched by the backup agent itself according to the schedule.
The batch file launches PowerShell and the second script.
Since PowerShell is significantly more extensive and flexible, the first script serves solely to invoke PowerShell.

Step 2: Create PowerShell script
In this step, you create the PowerShell script that is triggered by the batch script from Step 1.
This script calls the backup agent to perform a backup.
Additionally, it allows for the use of different retention periods and the inclusion of pre- and post-commands.

Content:
Please create a PowerShell script (.ps1) with, for example, the following content:

Set-Location "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"
$date = Get-Date
$currentday = $date.Day
$lastday = [DateTime]::DaysInMonth($date.Year, $date.Month)
if ($lastday -eq $currentday){
Placeholder for pre-commands
.\VV.exe backup NameOfBackupJob /quickscan=true /retention=Monthly
Placeholder for post-commands
}
else{
Placeholder for pre-commands
.\VV.exe backup NameOfBackupJob /quickscan=true /retention=Daily
Placeholder for post-commands
}

Function:
This PowerShell script switches to the agent's installation directory and checks the current date.
If the date matches the total number of days in the month (the dynamic last day of the month), a backup with the retention type "Monthly" is performed.
On all other days, the retention type "Daily" is used.

Advantages of this implementation:

  1. You can utilize the full range of PowerShell functions and customize this base script as desired customize for your customers
  2. The schedule can be created via the Backup Portal and does not need to be implemented via the script
  3. You can use pre- and post-commands to stop databases prior to the backup if they cannot be brought into a consistent state using VSS technology

Linux Agent

In addition to the portal, the Linux agent can also be accessed via created scripts.
You can contact the agents directly via a created script. As in the following example script (CustomScript.sh):
nano CustomScript.sh
cd /opt/BUAgent
./VV backup RootDir
In the example, RootDir is the backup job name.
The script (e.g.: CustomScript.sh) must then be given the appropriate rights. To do this, please execute the following command:
chmod +x CustomScript.sh

Optionally, you can schedule scripts via the Backup Portal by completing the following steps:

  • Under Linux, by default, no folder called "ScheduleScripts" is created in the installation directory. Please create this with e.g. mkdir ScheduleScripts
  • Place the created script (.bat or .cmd) in the agent directory in the newly created ScheduledScripts folder
  • In the Backup Portal, select "Create a new custom command" via "Select job task" and select your script
  • Create a schedule for the script



Automatic Bare Metal System Restore Test (ABSRT-Tool)

General

Regular BMR test backups are a necessity for the quality management of a backup concept.
Manual tests are time-consuming and therefore costly; automation can help here and reduce the time spent on configuration and control.

The ABSRT tool creates virtual machines based on Microsoft Hyper-V, which have a prepared restore ISO.
All data that would have to be entered for a manual backup, such as the system name or the address of the vault system, are read from a CSV file and entered in the recovery process.
The most recent safeset is used dynamically for the recovery test.
After the automated configuration is completed, a full backup is performed, including the system start after successful completion.

To further increase efficiency, you can also parallelize the recovery by storing the data from several BMR backup jobs in the CSV file.

The current version of ABSRT is only supported on Windows Server operating systems due to compatibility issues.

Requirements

  1. Participation in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Certified Specialist Training
  2. At least one Microsoft Hyper-V host with corresponding free capacity for the test VMs
  3. The test VMs require access to a DHCP server
  4. An external vSwitch must be available
  5. Activated Windows Server license
  6. Certified Specialist ABSRT license (available upon request from Support)

Setup

When you start the ABSRT tool for the first time, the tool will ask you for a Certified Specialist ABSRT license:

After you have entered a valid license, the installation path selection appears:

The following required components are then checked/installed:

  1. Hyper-V Installation
  2. If configured, VeraCrypt

If software components are missing, they are installed automatically by the tool.
If the Hyper-V component is installed, a restart must be performed.

Preparation of the CSV file

Please navigate to the installation directory of the tool and open the "CSV" folder (e.g. under C:\ABSRT\CSV).
This folder contains the "Backups.csv" file, which you can use as the basis for your configuration.

Important! The first line serves as a legend and must not be adjusted!

Example:
Vaultaddress,Vaultaccount,Vaultaccountpassword,Computername,Jobname,EncryptionPassword,VHDXCapacity,VMGeneration,OSVersion,VHDXStorage,VSwitchName,AmountOfPhysicalDisks,SendEmail
==> vault-wmh1-wp01.terracloud.de,00000-RESELLER,RtHKha451!HjioplÖ03,DC,BMR,hdakzeogsz1,300,2,2019,D,extern,3,n

Note:
If there is a comma in the encryption password, the entire encryption password must be enclosed in double quotation marks

Example of an encryption password with the special character comma:
"Ghgui385as,"
You can save the CSV file under any name you like. We recommend creating a separate CSV file for each end customer.

Explanation of parameters

Vaultaddress
FQDN of the vault system

Vaultaccount
Vault account; you can find this in your vault profile, for example

Vaultaccountpassword
You received this password in the provisioning confirmation

Computername
Computer name on the vault system; this does not necessarily have to match the name displayed in the Backup Portal—please check your reseller report if in doubt

Jobname
Name of the backup job

EncryptionPassword
The encryption password for the selected backup job

VHDXCapacity
Enter the size of the restored volume here; if the system has multiple volumes, please enter the size of the largest one in GB.

VMGeneration
Please ensure that the VM generation matches that of the source system.
The generation specified in the CSV determines the algorithm used to assign volumes during the recovery process.

OSVersion
As of agent version 9.40, there are two recovery media options, selected via the OSVersion entry.
This refers to the operating system version of the source system. The following values ​​are permitted: 7|10|11|2008|2012|2016|2019|2022|2025

VHDXStorage
Please specify the drive letter for the VHDX storage location.

VSwitchName
Name of the external vSwitch; you can find this in the Virtual Switch Manager.
If only one external vSwitch exists, you can also use the value <default>.

AmountOfPhysicalDisks
Please specify the number of physical or virtual disks the source system has.
Note: ABSRT currently supports systems with a maximum of four disks.

SendEmail
An optional switch used to configure email notifications (n ​​= no, y = yes).

If you wish to restore multiple systems simultaneously, simply add further lines starting from line 3. The legend line does not need to be copied.

Implementation

After preparing one or more CSV files, you can restart the tool. You then simply select the CSV file to initiate restores.

A short demonstration can be found at: Demovideo

Monitoring

During the recovery, another process is started which checks the status of the recovery based on the heartbeat of the virtual machine.
As soon as a heartbeat is present, a screenshot of the connection window is created and stored in the ABSRT directory under "Screenshots".
If the SendEmail option has been selected, the screenshot is also sent to the specified email address.

Email notification ABSRT

To use the email notification, you must edit and fill out the file C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml:
C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml
The script checks in advance whether the required fields have been filled in. If an entry has not been filled in, the notification is skipped.

VeraCrypt

Activate function later:
Remove VeraCrypt REG key under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\ Start ABSRT.exe again and activate VeraCrypt

Deactivate the function later:
If necessary, remove containers under C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt Remove VeraCrypt REG key under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\ Start ABSRT.exe again and say no to VeraCrypt

Rebuild CSV Container:
Remove container under C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt Start ABSRT.exe again and enter the password for the new container

Script-based handling ABSRT

The following parameters can only be used via PowerShell:

-Install [Switch] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Install -DebitorNumber 12345 -License D133763385BAEFBFF9673C63Ab [-Vera Terra001!]"
-> Performs an automated installation of the ABSRT tool. The -Vera parameter is optional.

IMPORTANT: If the Hyper-V role has not yet been installed, an automatic restart will occur after the installation is complete!

-Password [String] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001!"
-> Ensures that the VeraCrypt container is mounted automatically. If the password is incorrect, a manual query is made.

'-CSV [String] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001! -CSV V:\CSV\TestCSV.csv [-NoPause]"
-> Ensures that the CSV file is selected automatically. Please always specify the complete path of the CSV + file extension. (Shift + right click -> "Copy as path" can be used for this)

-Uninstall [Switch] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Uninstall"
-> Performs a complete uninstallation of the ABSRT tool. However, the Hyper-V role is not uninstalled. Please make sure that you only perform the uninstallation once no VM created by ABSRT exists in the Hyper-V Manager.

-Manual [Switch] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Manual -Vaultaddress vault-wmh1-0002.terracloud.de -Vaultaccount 00000-RESTORE -Vaultaccountpassword wD5c9mP7-3bL1337l1th8W7xaB0T0m -Computername RESTORE -Jobname RESTORE -EncryptionPassword Terra001! -VHDXCapacity 1000 -VMGeneration 2 -OSVersion 2019 -VHDXStorage D -VSwitchName <default> -AmountOfPhysicalDisks 4 -SendEmail n"
-> Can be used as an alternative to the CSV selection. All parameters are required.

Backup Assistant

The TERRA CLOUD Backup Assistant is a proprietary development by TERRA CLOUD.

Note:
Please note that the tool is no longer being maintained as of the end of 2025.

Status

On the right side of the tool you will find information about the "Connections" and "Software" versions.
If a connection to the portal servers is not possible, please check the corresponding Ports.
You can also install or update the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent using the Backup Assistant.

Agent Installation

If the Backup Agent is not yet installed on the affected system, it can be downloaded and installed using the tool.
Please first enter the login credentials of a Backup Portal user located on the corresponding customer site.
If you would like automatic job setup, you can check this box directly there. All you need to do is enter an encryption password.
Further information on automatic agent configuration can be found here.



After you have selected the required plugins and accepted the license agreement, the latest Backup Agent will be downloaded and installed in the background.

Initial backup

This feature represents the same options that are available for the initial backup tool. This tool is presented in the following Video

Agent functions

The "Backup Jobs" function allows you to execute previously created backup jobs of the installed Windows Agent and to view the log files of the performed backups..

Backup Reset

This function removes metadata (e.g. the delta information) from the job directory of the selected backup job.
After deletion, the tool performs a synchronization to recreate the removed metadata. This process may take some time.
This process may be necessary to resolve various error patterns.

Example:
delta assignment file is damaged

Support Bundle

With the support bundle, all necessary information and logs such as VSS logs, system event logs and backup job logs are brought together and packed into a .zip file.
This can help us find the cause in various support cases.

Monitoring

“Monitoring” tab in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal

This feature of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal provides a comprehensive overview of the status of all backup jobs.
Additionally, active agent processes (ongoing backups, restores, etc.) are displayed.
This overview can be accessed across all customers via the parent site or within a specific site, thereby focusing on a particular end customer.
In addition to the current backup status, the timestamp of the last completed backup is particularly important, as it allows you to compare this date with the date of the most recent backup attempt.
By combining this information, you can assess whether a failed backup is critical—for instance, if the date of the last successful backup is too far in the past.

A new addition is a graphical representation of the backup history over the last 28 days.
This view displays 28 colored status bars visualizing the backup status for each day, providing a quick overview of the backup history.
Hovering your mouse cursor over a bar allows you to view further details regarding the backups performed on that specific day.

Note:
Please note that only past days are displayed; i.e., the first bar on the far right shows the status from yesterday.

The colors indicate the following:

  • Green
    At least one backup started on that day completed successfully without any warnings or errors.
  • Yellow
    At least one backup started on that day completed with warnings or was deferred.
    However, no backup completed successfully without warnings or errors.
  • Red
    At least one backup started on this day finished with errors, failed, was aborted, or could not back up any data.
    No backup was successfully completed on this day.
  • Gray
    No backup was performed for the relevant backup job on this day; scheduled backups were skipped, are still in progress, or no backup activity took place.
    In some cases, this status may also appear briefly if a backup has just successfully completed but the status information in the portal has not yet fully updated.


Active processes:
You can identify active processes by the circle consisting of two arrows and the adjacent number; clicking the icon takes you directly to the process overview.


Export of the monitoring overview by email

You can schedule regular export in various file formats for the monitoring view using the 'Email/Schedule' drop-down menu.
For an automatic evaluation of a monitoring or ticket system, you can e.g. B. select the file format 'CSV'.
If you want an export for a single end customer, you can configure this via a site user with the "Administrator" role.
To do this, please log in to the backup portal with the site user and configure the export within this end customer. The export from the following example includes the backup jobs of all sites/end customers.


Evaluate job status in XML file

The Windows, Linux and vSphere Recovery Agent store information about the last backup status and e.g. B. the backup size in an XML file.
The following paths refer to the default installation directory.

Linux Agent:
/opt/BUAgent/<JOBNAME>/BackupStatus.xml

Windows Agent:
C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\<JOBNAME>\BackupStatus.xml

vSphere Recovery Agent:
C:\Program Files\vSphere Recovery Agent\<JOBNAME>\BackupStatus.xml

Possible results for "<agentdata:result></agentdata:result>":

  • UNKNOWN: The job status is currently unknown.
  • COMPLETED: The job is completed or completed with errors/warnings.
  • CANCELLED: The job was canceled manually.
  • FAILED: The job failed, please check the log files.
  • NO_FILES: No backup could be performed because no files are protected by this job.


Consumption Reports

The TERRA CLOUD provides you with various reports to monitor the consumption values relevant to the license model.

TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report

This report shows you the consumption values of all your end customers' backup accounts.
The data refers to the 15th calendar day of a month and forms the billing basis for the respective month.
The report is sent to the Backup Master Account / Cloud Master Account (TERRA CLOUD Center) from the 16th calendar day of a month.

Example excerpt from the Reseller Report

TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report

In addition to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report, you will receive the TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report in CSV file format.
The consumption values for billing the TERRA CLOUD backup are summarized for you in this report for each end customer.
We recommend this report as the basis for automated billing, e.g. B. also for the TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise license model.

Content of the report:
Active vault Vault: The name of the active vault
account Native protected data in GB: The sum of the end customer's natively protected data volume
Computer amount: The sum of the device licenses
Additional safesets: The sum of the additional paid safesets

TERRA CLOUD Backup Customer Report

Optionally, you can add an end customer report to your TERRA CLOUD backup order in the TERRA CLOUD Center.
In this report, you or your end customer will receive a weekly consumption overview and the status of the backups.
The presentation corresponds to the reseller report, but only includes the data records for the respective end customer.